Ì'z Ì'x"o? Ì'x"o Ì's"o?: Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme - Month 1
Ì'z Ì'x"o? Ì'x"o Ì's"o?: Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme - Month 1
• Have you ever wondered why Aham is sometimes written as ì`z and
sometimes as ì`X"o?
• Have you ever wondered why Poojya Swamiji , when singing bhajans,
sometimes pronounces ( say for example) Aham as ì`X"o and
sometimes as ì`S"o?
• The curious may move onto Lesson No. Two.
To answer those riddles, we must first get familiar with the _\"Zs
(vowels) and the \Y"IG"S" s (consonants).
letter. It could become Ÿ·þþ , but that would make it a conjunct and not a
single complete letter. Does the difference come through clearly?
When faced with the prospect of becoming a conjunct, ŸþÃ converts
itself into a dot and places itself above the previous letter. Maintaining an
identity of its own, it now calls itself an ‚›é¬¨þþ£ |
The correct form of the sentence then becomes ‚−¿ ·þþ£þ |
So ŸþÃ is written as ŸþÃ , in two cases.....
1. when ŸþÃ is the last letter in a word and when the letter after it , in
the next word , is a ¬¨þ£ and
2. when it is at the end of a sentence...eg. ·þþ£þ ‚−ŸþÃ | (Why does ŸþÃ
remain a ŸþÃ at the end of a sentence? Beats me. Some rules are just
stated and we, poor things, just accept them.)
A long long time ago, knowledge was passed on from guru to shishya
verbally. No books. No revision. Rehearing, definitely. The prospect of
making a mistake was great. Pronunciations had to be accurate. If one invited
Ä"G"S"p# instead of _\"G"S"p# to one's feast, one could be assured of hurt
neglected relatives and a smile on every canine face on the street.
Šþ ‹þ Œ | Notice how the tongue remains in exactly the same place when you
say these words out loud. Now, just as you would say ˆÅ, say Œ, but bring
out the sound nasally as well. The ˆÅ ¨þŠþÄ is called the ˆÅµÚ:, since the
sounds of this group are based in the throat.
E" ¨þŠþÄ | This group is called the ·þþ¥é . ·þþ¥é is the
palate. Keep the tongue in the same position as you would when saying þÃ
then say ØþÃ which roughly is a ›¡þ¿ | The rest ÙÃ ¨þŠþÄ ....ŸêšþþÄ (the top of
the palate), the ·þà ¨þŠþÄ ...¸›·þ: ( the tongue touches the teeth every single
time) and the œþà ¨þŠþÄ... ‚ø«Ú: (here the lips are used) are easy to
pronounce.
That's all very well but what in heaven's name are that ŒÃ
and ØþÃ doing there? When are they used? The rule is that one ought to use
that ‚›é›þþ¹¬þˆÅ \Y"IG"S" with only those consonants that belong to the
same class.
WHEN WRITING
For example, the correct form of the word Shankar is ðpŠ¡Z and not ªþ¿ˆÅ£
. The trick is to look at the \Y"IG"S" immediately after the nasal sound in a
word and then decide which ‚›é›þþ¹¬þˆÅ one to write. Also, only Ÿþà has the
‚¹šþˆÅþ£ to be used as an ‚›é¬¨þþ£... the dot on top of a letter at the end
of a word. Therefore to give you examples of words from all the ¨þŠþÄ s......
슡 is correct and not ‚¿ˆÅ | T"IE" is correct and not T"zE" | ˆÅµÚ
and not @z¡K> | ¸›·þ and not QzO" | E"XT"p and not E"zT"p.
WHEN PRONOUNCING
¹¨þ¬þŠþÄ , the two dots sometimes found at the end of a word, is not pleased
with me. Here is what he has been thinking......
Don't want him unhappy. We How come I
need him a great deal in the days don't get any
mention at all
to come and we can't afford to get him
in your last
mad. So here goes... message ?
When we entered our Sanskrit class for the very first time, we were
greeted very enthusiastically by an energetic and bubbly youngster called
Jagadeesh. He spoke only in Sanskrit but in the space of a few minutes, we
figured out what was happening.
Just by asking questions and answering them himself (and with exaggerated
gestures and an infectious smile!)our vocabulary jumped up from zero to five.
No kiddin'. Take a look...
He looked at Mala and said.. ŸþŸþ ›þþŸþ G"BpQrðp# | (My name is Jagadeesh.)
‚−¿ G"BpQrðp# | (I am Jagadeesh.)
W"\"O"r ˆÅþ ? (Who are you? .... W"\"O"r is the respectful feminine form of you as in
the Hindi ‚þœþ..... ˆÅþ = feminine who)
W"\"OY"p# ›þþŸþ ¹ˆÅŸþà ? (What is your name?)
Mala answered ŸþŸþ ›þþŸþ Ÿþþ¥þþ | ‚−¿ Ÿþþ¥þþ |
Jagadeesh next pointed to Chaitanya. W"\"pS"o ˆÅ:| (Who are you?) (W"\"pS"o =
Dears all,
I was going through the lessons that have already been sent to you
and I can't believe that I have not been given my due.
Let me introduce myself. I am ŠþŸþÃ (go). I am a root word called a šþþ·é and
like my other friends, ¨þ¸Ã (speak), œþÚà (read/ study), ‰þþ¸Ã (eat), ¹¥þ‰þÃ
(write) etc, I am extremely versatile. By the simple addition of suffixes or
prefixes, I can become a verb, or a noun, or an adverb, or an adjective....And
that is far more than the visargas and the anusvaras of this world can even
hope to be.
I think I better introduce you very gently to my multifaceted personality.
(By the way, check out definitions for verbs, nouns, adverbs , adjectives and
grammatical whatchamacallits in the column to your left.)
To make me into a verb, you have to use my avataar BpEF> | Add different
suffixes called œÏ·¡þ¡þ s and hey presto I am ready to be used! Look at the
following sentences, all in the present tense and you will see what I mean. My
friends have also chipped in to help.
¬þ: BpEF>{O" | ¬þ: ¨þ¸¹·þ | ¬þ: œþÚ¹·þ | ¬þ: ‰þþ¸¹·þ | ¬þ: ¹¥þ‰þ¹·þ |
He goes. He speaks He reads He eats He writes
¬þþ BpEF>{O" | ¬þþ ¨þ¸¹·þ | ¬þþ œþÚ¹·þ | ¬þþ ‰þþ¸¹·þ | ¬þþ ¹¥þ‰þ¹·þ |
She goes She speaks She reads She eats She writes
·þ·þà BpEF>{O" | ·þ·þà ¨þ¸¹·þ | ·þ·þà œþÚ¹·þ | ·þ·þà ‰þþ¸¹·þ | ·þ·þà ¹¥þ‰þ¹·þ |
It goes It speaks It reads It eats It writes
£þŸþ: BpEF>{O" | £þŸþ: ¨þ¸¹·þ | £þŸþ: œþÚ¹·þ | £þŸþ: ‰þþ¸¹·þ | £þŸþ: ¹¥þ‰þ¹·þ |
¬þú·þþ BpEF>{O" | ¬þú·þþ ¨þ¸¹·þ | ¬þú·þþ œþÚ¹·þ | ¬þú·þþ ‰þþ¸¹·þ | ¬þú·þþ ¹¥þ‰þ¹·þ |
Yup, the ¹·þ is added to the root verb, which makes it compatible with he,
she, it, and with any name whether masculine or feminine BUT
·¨þ¿ BpEF>{_" | ·¨þ¿ ¨þ¸¹¬þ | ·¨þ¿ œþÚ¹¬þ | ·¨þ¿ ‰þþ¸¹¬þ | ·¨þ¿ ¹¥þ‰þ¹¬þ |
You go You speak You read You eat You write
AND
‚−¿ BpEF>p{X" | ‚−¿ ¨þ¸þ¹Ÿþ | ‚−¿ œþÚþ¹Ÿþ | ‚−¿ ‰þþ¸þ¹Ÿþ | ‚−¿ ¹¥þ‰þþ¹Ÿþ |
I go I speak I read I eat I write
1. Do you see how the same suffix ( œÏ·¡þ¡þ ) has been added to all the šþþ·é s
to make the verb compatible with a particular subject?
2. ¹·þ is loyal to ¬þ:, ¬þþ and ·þ·þà or for that matter to, say, ¬é¹Ÿþ°þþ, ¬éšþþ,
¸ªþ£˜þ:, £þ¨þµþ:, œé¬O"ˆ¿Å , ¹¨þÔþþ¥þ¡þ: etc.( £þšþþ ¹¥þ‰þ¹·þ œþ£›·é ‚−¿
¹¥þ‰þþ¹Ÿþ...gettit?)
3. ¹¬þ is loyal only to ·¨þ¿ AND ¹Ÿþ is loyal only to ‚−Ÿþà |
4. Please note that it is BpEF>p{X" and not BpEF{X" | There is an þ
Ÿþþ°þþ added to the šþþ·é before the œÏ·¡þ¡þ is added.
5. BpEF>{O" conveys both meanings "goes" and "is going"
Henceforth, if the šþþ·é 's form must be changed before it can be used, the
usable form will be given in brackets eg: ŠþŸþÃ (BpEF>) or
œþþ ({T"V"). Use œþþ ({T"V") and ´ªþ (œþª¡þ) too to make some more two
word sentences.
If you find this lesson difficult or need clarification of any kind,
please do not hesitate to write. These guys out here can't wait to be useful.
Besides, they have to impress their teacher Smt. Tarangini Khot. A Sanskrit
wizard, if you ask me. Besides having a post graduate degree ( and a B.Ed.
for good measure) she speaks and thinks FLUENTLY in Sanskrit. This may be
my coming out ball, my debut, but honestly, I have no trouble sharing the
limelight with Tarangini. On the contrary, I am honoured. More next week.
All love, ŠþŸþÃ |
Thou shalt reassure thyself, "Thank the good Lord that we do not need to
learn a triple!"
the first person. Yet knowing that the Divine Aatman resides in
oneself, one refers to oneself as the „îþŸþœé²«þ|
6. To make Sanskrit available to a generation already accustomed to
English grammar, the style that you see in various text books will be
the other way around where „îþŸþ is referred to as the œÏ˜þŸþœé²«þ
..first person, the Ÿþš¡þŸþ is referred to as ¹×·þú¡þœé²«þ ...the second
person, and the third person is called the ·þ¼·þú¡þœé²«þ ...where, in this
table, is the œÏ˜þŸþ. So certain texts will have the table the way it is
written here and certain other texts will have it "upsidedown"
7. It doesn't really matter which way you learn it as long as the right
form of verb is used with the right subject.
Brain Teaser....In the second stanza of the bhajan œêµþĈťþþŸþ¹¡þ
¬þ¿¹¨þ·¬¨þ³¹œþµþú, who is the subject? What is the verb?(Ignore the other
words that have not been taught as yet.) Those of you who do not know the
bhajan, here are the words....
Šé²Ÿê·øÄ ·¨þþ¿ ›þŸþþ¹Ÿþ ¬þ·þ·þ¿
ìpOX"@¡pX" ¬þ¿¨þšþĹ›þ ìXV" |
Exercise...Using the given table as a guide, use the correct form of the verb
given in brackets and translate the following ..
1. He speaks. (¨þ¸Ã )
2. We two eat. ( ‰þþ¸Ã )
3. All of them ( Feminine) see. (¸¼ªþà - œþª¡þ )
4. ¬þþ {T"V"{O" |
5. ¡ê¡þ¿ ›þŸþ˜þ |
6. ¨þ¡þ¿ œþÚþŸþ: |
Go over the table at least twice a day for the next few days
and you will see how easily you will begin to match the verb with its
subject.
The tables for the šþþ·é s ¨þ¸Ã , œþÚà , ‰þþ¸Ã , ¹¥þ‰þà ,−¬þà , T"E"o ,
£âþà , ›þŸþà , œþþ ({T"V" ), ´ªþà ( œþª¡þ ) are all there for your
ready reference in the index. Have titled it "Verb conjugations in
the present tense."
May i lend you a shoulder?
When i first landed up with this memorizing process, i wasn't too
sure i could do it... i had left school years ago. But once i got
started, my learning ability adapted itself to my new requirements.
Once you remove the " I can't! " block from your mind, the words
begin to flow. Use the words often during the day, it makes it
simpler. When faced with a limited vocabulary, i have even
constructed sentences like
"‚−¿ milkam boi ¥þþ¹Ÿþ ," to connect the right verb œÏ·¡þ¡þ s with
its subject. Try it. It's fun.
Once you are more or less comfortable with this, we can move onto
our next set of lessons.
Till we meet again, " Adios Amigos!"
***************************
The present tense ŠþŸþà (to go) ¥þÙà ¥þˆÅþ£ ( ¥þÙà ¥þˆÅþ£ are
Sanskrit words that mean the Present Tense.)
œé²«þ ‡ˆÅ¨þE"›þ ¹×¨þE"›þ V"`l\"E"S"
Person Singular Dual Plural
œÏ˜þŸþ BpEF>{O" BpEF>O"# BpEF>[SO"
Ÿþš¡þŸþ BpEF>{_" BpEF>P"# BpEF>P"
„îþŸþ BpEF>p{X" BpEF>p\"# BpEF>pX"#
Level 1-Month 1 Lessons 1-9 19/37
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 1
Keep the ŠþŸþÃ table that has earlier been given in Lesson 7. alongside this
one and begin to compare the two.
These concepts should come through clearly...
1. Every noun and pronoun in the dictionary fall into the œÏ˜þŸþ ...whether
cat ,dog, museums, two cobs of corn , many fish, one bird, two rats.
These verbs will therefore be used for the third person... Use BpEF>{O"
with singular forms of ANY noun. Use BpEF>O"# with dual forms of ANY
noun. Use BpEF>[SO" with plural forms of ANY noun. For example...One
cat BpEF>{O" . Two cats BpEF>O"# .Three or more cats BpEF>[SO"| Yes,
the noun form "cat" is written differently for one cat, two cats and
three or more cats...but that will be explained in Lesson 8. For the
moment, combine English and Sanskrit to "remember" which verb form
goes with which subject form. Similarly...one tadpole ·þ£¹·þ, two
tadpoles ·þ£·þ: and three or more tadpoles ·þ£¹›·þ | O"% ( to swim)
being the šþþ·é |
2. You, two of you, three or more of you ....these fall into the Ÿþš¡þŸþ |
The subject is so specific here that just by looking at the word
‰þþ¸¹¬þ ( the suffix ¹¬þ is the indicator) i know that it is you who are
eating and nobody else. If i say ¨þ¸˜þ:, the suffix ˜þ: indicates "two
of you".
3. Therefore since both Ÿþš¡þŸþ and „îþŸþ have predetermined subjects,
i needn't add the subject at all in my sentences. If i say "sing" it is
unclear as to who is singing...i? you? we?...but if i say Šþþ¡þþ¹Ÿþ, the ¹Ÿþ
tells me that "I am singing."
4. To identify the verb forms, you must look at its tail end. Catch a hold
of the suffix... is it {O", O"#, [SO", {_", P"#, P", {X", \"#, X"# ...and then
figure out who the subject is. Now let's tease the brain teaser in
Lesson 7. into giving us a solution...
*******
Now, £þŸþ: is an ì@¡pZpSO" T"s{„Œ word. That means that it ends in the sound ‚
Simple. I can see eyebrows raised over the blank spaces for the dual and plurals.
Are they needed? You can betcha bottom dollar that they are! What in the world
would you say for " I hear with my two ears ?" Or for that matter ," All my
students fell asleep while reading my lesson? "
Therefore, here now is the entire table.
£þŸþì@¡pZpSO" T"s{„Œ (Just to look at my dears, don't get flustered!)
{\"W"[×O" ï@¡\"E"S" {Ÿ\"E"S" V"`l\"E"S"
œÏ˜þŸþþ subject £þŸþ: £þŸþù £þŸþþ:
¹×·þú¡þþ object £þŸþŸþÃ £þŸþù £þŸþþ›þÃ
·þ¼·þú¡þþ by, with £þŸøµþ £þŸþþW¡þþŸþÃ £þŸþ¾:
E"O"sP"rêÄ for £þŸþþ¡þ £þŸþþW¡þþŸþà £þŸøWY"#
œþØE"Ÿþú from £þŸþþ·þà £þŸþþW¡þþŸþà £þŸøWY"#
«þ«Úú shows £þŸþ¬¡þ £þŸþ¡þø: £þŸþþµþþŸþÃ
possession
¬þœ·þŸþú in, on £þŸø £þŸþ¡þø: £þŸø«é
¬þŸV"øšþ›þ (used (−½) £þŸþ (−½) £þŸþù (−½) £þŸþþ:
when addressing)
I have tried to show you that certain words are repeated in the table by
clubbing them together in the same colour. They are used not too often , that is
why the need to create new words did not present itself. Thank God for small
mercies ...there is so much less to memorize.
New Concepts taught in this lesson
• You can arrange the words in any manner in a Sanskrit sentence.
Let me give you some concrete examples..
£þŸþ: ¹ªþ¨þ¿ ›þŸþ¹·þ | ›þŸþ¹·þ £þŸþ: ¹ªþ¨þŸþà | ¹ªþ¨þ¿ ›þŸþ¹·þ £þŸþ: | ›þŸþ¹·þ
¹ªþ¨þ¿ £þŸþ: | ¹ªþ¨þ¿ £þŸþ: ›þŸþ¹·þ | £þŸþ: ›þŸþ¹·þ ¹ªþ¨þŸþà | All these
sentences mean exactly the same thing, Rama does Namaskaar to Shiva. Since
Rama does the action, the Rama is picked from the œÏ˜þŸþþ ¹¨þW"¹Æ·þ | Since
Shiva is the object to whom the namaskaar is done, you use the ¹×·þú¡þþ
¹¨þW"¹Æ·þ form which is ¹ªþ¨þŸþà |
• A word + a preposition is used in Sanskrit...a word is NEVER used by itself.
If I use the word £þŸþ, you may safely assume that I am calling out to Ram.
If I intend using Ram as the object of my adoration , I MUST use the word
£þŸþŸþÃ | If Ram is the person performing the action, I must use the word
£þŸþ: |
Hope these two concepts have been dealt with clearly in this lesson.
In a lighter vein...
******************
Just as there are ì@¡pZpSO" T"s{„Œ words like £þŸþ, V"p¥þˆÅ etc, there are
í@¡pZpSO" T"s{„Œ words like Šé², W"p›é (sun), ¹ªþªé (child), ¬þþšé etc... and
there are ò@¡pZpSO" T"s{„Œ words like ˆÅ¹¨þ, −¹£, ¹Šþ¹£ etc...
1. All ì@¡pZpSO" T"s{„Œ words are declined like( made to rhyme like)
£þŸþ |
2. All í@¡pZpSO" T"s{„Œ words are declined like Šé² |
3. All ò@¡pZpSO" T"s{„Œ words are declined like −¹£ |
í@¡pZpSO" T"s{„Œ words and ò@¡pZpSO" T"s{„Œ words are declined
differently from ì@¡pZpSO" T"s{„Œ words BUT the most beautiful thing is
that Sanskrit allows us the freedom to convert all words into ì@¡pZpSO"
Level 1-Month 1 Lessons 1-9 27/37
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 1
T"s{„Œ words and decline them like £þŸþ | For instance, why not convert Šé²
into Šé²¸½¨þ or maybe −¹£ into ›þþ£þ¡þµþ ? Makes conversation simple!
These antics are alright in the beginning but eventually we will have to learn
all the forms of different words simply so that we may recognize them in
shlokas and texts. (We'll take it easy... i shan't give you more than you can
chew. And that's a promise.)
Similarly we have different ending feminine words and neuter words. All
rhyming words are declined in the same manner. BUT
remember that a masculine word is rhymed with its masculine counterpart; a
feminine one with its feminine rhyming counterpart; and a neuter with a
neuter.
Just try and understand this concept. Things will become clearer as we
proceed and i will keep explaining and repeating concepts for as long as you
require me to.
Just hit the feedback button on our Sanskrit page, relate your woes and
we'll provide instant relief! The Agony Aunts and Uncles here are a prompt
lot.
See you next week!
************************
Much as you have been introduced to verbs and nouns that change their
shape and size at the drop of a hat, there are some heartwarming, steady
ones that never, ever "metamorphosize." ( Ah! NOW the reference to
caterpillars becomes clear! )
You can use them with any noun, verb, vibhakti, gender, tense, you name it,
they hold their own, in a changing world. They are called ‚¨¡þ¡þ s. Let's go
through a group of them in every lesson .
Sanskrit English Hindi
¹ˆÅŸþà / ¹ˆ¿Å what Æ¡þþ
‚°þ here ¡þ−Ü
·þ°þ there ¨þ−Ü
¡þ°þ from-where G"`Ü
ˆºÅ°þ where ˆÅ−Ü
‡ˆÅ°þ all together ¬þþ˜þ ŸÝ
¬þ¨þİþ everywhere ¬þV" G"Bp`
‚›¡þ°þ elsewhere ¹ˆÅ¬þú ‚ù£ G"Bp`
So I can accurately say
‚−¿ O"e" BpEF>p{X" | O\"z O"e" BpEF>{_"| ¬þ: ·þ°þ BpEF>{O"| £þŸþ: ·þ°þ BpEF>{O" |
‚þ¨þþ¿ O"e" BpEF>p\"# | ....and so on and so forth.
Having introduced our Non- Caterpillars, shall we get familiar with our
Caterpillars?
In a sentence such as " Ram is eating a ladoo," The Ram is the subject.
Therefore you pick the word Ram from the œÏ˜þŸþþ ¹¨þW"¹Æ·þ | £þŸþ: |
The verb is " is eating" and HAS to follow the subject. Since £þŸþ: is from
the œÏ˜þŸþœé²«þ
ï@¡\"E"S" ( Third Person Singular...according to English
Grammar) the verb also has to be from the œÏ˜þŸþœé²«þ ‡ˆÅ¨þE"›þ ... ‰þþ¸¹·þ |
******
brackets alongside the šþþ·é | For example, ´ªþà ( œþª¡þ¹·þ )| All you have to do is
separate the word œþª¡þ¹·þ into œþª¡þ + ¹·þ and understand that the usable verb
form is the first part of the word. You can build an entire present tense table
based on this by the addition of œÏ·¡þ¡þ s ( suffixes) as so..
For quick reference to help you do the exercises, are the first two ¹¨þ0
£þŸþ ì@¡pZpSO" T"s{„Œ
¹¨þW"¹Æ·þ ‡ˆÅ¨þE"›þ {Ÿ\"E"S" V"`l\"E"S"
œÏ˜þŸþþ subject £þŸþ: £þŸþù £þŸþþ:
¹×·þú¡þþ object £þŸþŸþÃ £þŸþù £þŸþþ›þÃ
Do you have a notebook , a pencil and a HUGE eraser ready? Then let's
gettagoin' !
Example sentences.
1. He is reading. ¬þ: œþÚ¹·þ |
2. Those two men are reading. Ÿþ›é«¡þù œþÚ·þ: |
Recall...All nouns and pronouns except for the ·¨þ¿, ¡é¨þþ¿, ¡ê¡þ¿, ‚−¿, ‚þ¨þþ¿,
and ¨þ¡þ¿ fall into the œÏ˜þŸþ œé²«þ | Therefore logically, two men HAVE to be
matched with œþÚ·þ: the dual œÏ˜þŸþ œé²«þ verb. And since there are two
men, the word for two men HAS to rhyme with £þŸþù which makes it Ÿþ›é«¡þù
|
3. What is happening there? O"e" {@z¡ W"\"{O"?
Level 1-Month 1 Lessons 1-9 33/37
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 1
Whatever is happening also falls into the œÏ˜þŸþ œé²«þ | Since it appears to
be singular, W"\"{O" is used.
Translate.
1. He is reading.
2. He is laughing there.
3. The boy is going to school.
4. Ram is going to the village.
5. The king is going elsewhere.
6. Where is the boy laughing?
7. Ram and Ishwar are studying ( Refer to lesson 7 A).
8. Ram is namaskaaring( for lack of an appropriate word!) Ishwar.
9. The two are reading here.
10. Two boys are laughing.
11. Two men are going to the village.
12. Two boys are going to school.
13. All the boys are laughing.
14. All the men are going to the village.
15. All the boys are namaskaaring Ram.
16. Ram is namaskaaring all the boys.
6. _"# BpEF>[SO"$
7. £þŸþ: ŠÏþŸþ: BpEF>[SO" |
8. O"u {@z¡ T"K>{O" |
9. O"u {@¡X"o T"K>[SO"$
Seems more than enough for a first time session. Will see you next week. By
the way, you may take that peek now. You have my blessings.
******************
Summing up Month 1.
We were at the garden, Tarangini and the rest of us, studying Shantiniketan
style, when she suddenly said to me, "Don't lean against him!" " Him, who?" i was
bewildered, i was just resting against a tree. Then enlightenment struck ( seems as
if trees and enlightenment have a thing going)
"A tree is masculine in Sanskrit, ¨þ¼âþ | So is a cloud Ÿø‹þ | A village ŠÏþŸþ , a
question œÏª›þ | So is space ‚þˆÅþªþ | Some neuter words in English are
masculine in Sanskrit...and the other way around." From that moment onwards, i
stopped comparing the two languages and began appreciating the uniqueness of
both.
i just check the dictionary to confirm gender. Some dictionaries introduce
masculine words by giving the œÏ˜þŸþ {\"W"[×O" ï@¡\"E"S" form . For example, the
root noun-word £þŸþ is introduced as £þŸþ: | Some others prefer to give the root
word (just £þŸþ ) and print an "M" next to it to say masculine.
A root noun-word isn't logical...take for example the word, ¹Ÿþ°þ .
The masculine form of ¹Ÿþ°þ means the sun and the neuter form of ¹Ÿþ°þ means a
friend. Curious as to how a neuter word is declined? Slow and steady...will introduce
you to it by and by.
i also realized the need to have duals and plurals for names when confronted with
five Abhisheks in a class of forty eight. So instead of £þŸþþ: BpEF>[SO", i simply
said ì{W"^"u@¡p# BpEF>[SO" |
Who says space can't be divided?! We managed it when two of us fought and landed up
with ‚þˆÅþªþù...neither was allowed to trespass into the other's personal space!
constantly refers to ý¨þµþ¿ , Ÿþ›þ›þ¿ and ¹›þ¹¸š¡þþ¬þ›þŸþà | Clubbed with this should
be the perfect expression of that which has been absorbed. So with each concept ,
i will provide you with plenty of exercises for practice. To help you, using our £þŸþ
table as our guide and standard, here is how you work on the declensions of the
first two vibhaktis, using a few examples.
£þŸþ
ì@¡pZpSO" T"s{„Œ
{\"W"[×O" ï@¡\"E"S" {Ÿ\"E"S" V"`l\"E"S"
œÏ˜þŸþþ subject £þŸþ: £þŸþù £þŸþþ:
ì{W"^"u@¡# ì{W"^"u@¡pv ì{W"^"u@¡#
‚Ÿþ£: ‚Ÿþ£ù ‚Ÿþ£þ:
¨þ¼âþ: ¨þ¼âþù ¨þ¼âþþ:
Ÿø‹þ: Ÿø‹þù Ÿø‹þþ:
ŠÏþŸþ: ŠÏþŸþù ŠÏþŸþþ:
œÏª›þ: œÏª›þù œÏª›þþ:
¹×·þú¡þþ object £þŸþŸþÃ £þŸþù £þŸþþ›þÃ
ì{W"^"u@¡X"o ì{W"^"u@¡pv ì{W"^"u@¡pS"o
‚Ÿþ£Ÿþà ‚Ÿþ£ù ‚Ÿþ£þ›þÃ
¨þ¼âþŸþà ¨þ¼âþù ¨þ¼âþþ›þÃ
Ÿø‹þŸþÃ Ÿø‹þù Ÿø‹þþ›þÃ
ŠÏþŸþŸþÃ ŠÏþŸþù ŠÏþŸþþ›þÃ
œÏª›þŸþà œÏª›þù œÏª›þþ›þÃ
Do you see how the rhyming is done now? Do i also see a question
hovering now as to why these words are ì@¡pZpSO" T"s{„Œ ?
Let's break the £þŸþ word. £þŸþ = £Ã + ‚þ + Ÿþà + ‚ (the word £þŸþ ends in
a ‚ ) Please refer to our first three lessons.
Ÿø‹þ = Ÿþà + ‡ + ‹þà + ‚ Is it clear now? Consonants (¨¡þØG"›þ ) ALWAYS
*************
Lesson 9E ....Answers to 9D
6. The bad man takes away/ steals the son. QlG"êS"# T"se"z `Z{O"|
7. The father remembers the son now. G"S"@¡# ìR"sS"p/òQpS"rë T"se"z _X"Z{O"$
10. The student asks the teacher a question. ¹ªþ«¡þ: ¹ªþâþˆ¿Å/‚š¡þþœþˆ¿Å œÏª›þ¿
T"wEF>{O" |
·¨þŸþà ‚°þ ÇÅúÛ¹¬þ|
11. You play here.
12. When does the teacher speak? ‚š¡þþœþˆÅ: ˆÅ¸þ \"Q{O" ?
13. When the student asks a question, the teacher speaks. ¡þ¸þ ¹ªþ«¡þ: œÏª›þ¿
T"wEF>{O" O"Qp ‚š¡þþœþˆÅ: \"Q{O"$
14. The son speaks to the father. œé°þ: G"S"@z¡ ¨þ¸¹·þ|
15. The boy looks at the sun and the moon always. V"p“@¡# _"\"êQp _"tY"| E"Sçz E"
T"ðY"{O"$
16. He remembers the tree. ¬þ: ¨þ¼âþ¿ ¬Ÿþ£¹·þ |
17. The sun and the moon look at the tree. _"tY"ê# E"Sç# E" \"wb"z T"ðY"O"#$
18. The tree falls here.¨þ¼âþ: ‚°þ œþ·þ¹·þ |
19. The tree runs there. ¨þ¼âþ: ·þ°þ šþþ¨þ¹·þ |
20.I take away the tree. ‚−¿ ¨þ¼âþ¿ ›þ¡þþ¹Ÿþ |
21. When I laugh you laugh.¡þ¸þ ‚−¿ −¬þþ¹Ÿþ ·þ¸þ ·¨þ¿ −¬þ¹¬þ |
22.The wise man is eating here. œþ¹µÛ·þ: ‚°þ ‰þþ¸¹·þ|
23.The many bad men are writing everywhere. QlG"êS"p# _"\"êe" {“A"[SO"$
24.The two good men are reading. _"GG"S"pv œþÚ·þ:|
25.The teacher remembers the two questions. ‚š¡þþœþˆÅ: œÏª›þù _X"Z{O"$
26.The two students bow down ( Namaskaar) to the sun, the moon, the trees
and the two teachers. F>pe"pv _"tY"|,E"Sçz¿,¨þ¼âþþ›þà ,‚š¡þþœþˆÅù E" S"X"O"#$
27.The son walks. T"se"# E"“{O"|
36.When I ask a question, you speak. Y"Qp ì`z T"øðS"z T"wEF>p{X" O"Qp O\"z \"Q{_"$
37.When are all of you going to Gokarn? ¡ê¡þ¿ ˆÅ¸þ ŠþøˆÅµþô BpEF>P"?
38.The king conquers the many bad men always.S"wT"# QlG"êS"pS"o _"Qp G"Y"{O"þ|
Let me know how you fared. We should iron out every problem as it comes. If you
have been able to do this with a fair amount of accuracy, move on to Lesson 10.
*********
í@¡pZpSO" , ò@¡pZpSO" and other ending neuter words as well, but let us wallow in
the waters of "Ignorance is bliss," till such a time that we are required to be
'unblissful.'
We've appointed ¨þ›þ forest, as our standard word. The first vibhakti of all neuter
words is exactly like its second. There's a surprise for you when we do the third
vibhaktis of both the masculine and the neuter in the coming weeks . No big
revelations now...
¨þ›þ forest ì@¡pZpSO" S"T"sz_"@¡{“Œ
{\"W"[×O" ï@¡\"E"S" {Ÿ\"E"S" V"`l\"E"S"
œÏ0 ¨þ›þŸþà ¨þ›ø ¨þ›þþ¹›þ
¹×0 ¨þ›þŸþÃ ¨þ›ø ¨þ›þþ¹›þ
Now let's expand this to include a few of the words i've listed at the beginning of
the lesson to show you how to rhyme them.
ì@¡pZpSO" S"T"sz_"@¡{“Œ
Sample sentences.
QlG"êS"# R"S"z `Z{O"$ ì`z W"puG"S"z A"pQp{X"$ O\"z T"s_O"@z¡ œþÚ¹¬þ | ¬þþ G"“z {T"V"{O"|
£þŸþ: ¨þ›þ¿ BpEF>{O"$ V"p“@¡# T"e"z {“A"{O"$
The first question that might pop up is "Does one need a dual or a plural for a word
like G"“X"o ? " No, one may not. But the option to decline it in duals and plurals is
available. The freedom to do so is what is important. Poets, as you can well imagine,
will have a field day! Don't miss the important concept that is being introduced on
the next page...scroll down please!
New Concept.
¨þ›þŸþà becomes ¨þ›þþ¹›þ | Why does œé«œþŸþà œé«œþþ¹µþ
œé«œþþ¹›þ ?
become and not
Words change as they are being declined, agreed? In some vibhaktis, a ›þÃ crops
up attached to the root word. That ›þÃ changes into a µþÃ in some declined words.
Note: If the root word contains a ›þÃ , the ›þÃ in the original word does not change,
only the one that is added to it in a declined form changes
• This rule, of the ›þÃ changing into a µþÃ , is applicable to words that
contain a £Ã and a «þà . The only vibhaktis that are affected are
Level 1 - Month 2 Lessons 9C-13B 46/76
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 2
A bit of turbulent weather with new words and verbs thrown at you, and you will
come out of these stormy sentence sessions, brimming with confidence. Most of
these words are familiar. Some are not. Throw a quick glance over these guys once
a day, and you will have all these words and verbs at your fingertips. Space out
these exercises throughout the week, if you wish. All the best!
40.When I bow to the teacher, then you also bow to the teacher.
41. When are you going to school?
42.When I see the sun, I go to school.
43.When I see the moon, I go home.
44.The two of us are entering the house.
45.The two of us see the father and the son.
46.They are reading a book.
47.The two wise men are also reading two books.
48.The two of us ask the two wise men a question.
49.All of us are remembering the good men.
50.All of us are smelling flowers.
51. All of us are playing now and all of you are studying there.
Answers in 10 B.
*******************
You'll recognize the verb forms quite easily. Last week's subhashita had the verb
‚¹¬·þ in it. Our Mahavakyas ... O"O"o O\"X"o ‚¹¬þ | ‚−¿ V"øÏ"p[_X"...have made us
pretty familiar with the ‚¬þà šþþ·é |
Now a few sentences to see how they can be used in regular conversation.
‚−Ÿþà ‚¹¬Ÿþ | I am . ‚−¿ ›þ¼œþ: ‚¹¬Ÿþ | I am a king ( high hopes)
More likely....as all parents are... ‚−¿ ¬ê¸: (cook) £G"ˆÅ: (washerman)
·¨þŸþà ‚¹œþ ¬ê¸: £G"ˆÅ: ‚š¡þþœþˆÅ: ¨ùÔþ: E" ‚¹¬þ ¹ˆÅŸþà ? ·¨þŸþà ‚¹¬þ | You are.
A F>pe"# is a student. ‚þ¨þþ¿ F>p°þù ¬¨þ: | ¡é¨þþ¿ F>p°þù ¬˜þ: | O"pv F>pe"pv ¬·þ:| ¨þ¡þ¿
F>p°þþ: ¬Ÿþ:| _"{E"S"# F>p°þ: ‚¹¬·þ | ·þ°þ F>p°þþ: ¬þ¹›·þ | ·ø F>p°þþ: ¬þ¹›·þ | ·¨þ¿ F>p°þ:
‚¹¬þ | ¡ê¡þ¿ F>p°þþ: ¬˜þ| Clear?
¨þ¼âþ: ‚¹¬·þ | One tree is . ¨þ¼âþù ¬·þ: | Two trees are. ¨þ¼âþþ: ¬þ¹›·þ | Many trees
are. ¨þ¼âþ: ‚°þ ‚¹¬·þ | One tree is here. ¨þ¼âþù ·þ°þ ¬·þ:| Two trees are there.
¨þ¼âþþ: ¬þ¨þİþ ¬þ¹›·þ | Trees are everywhere. (Except where they have been felled
to promote industries , which results in soil erosion...)
Anyone been watching Atom Ant on Cartoon network lately ?He is one strong ant
who is capable of doing superhuman things. He is introduced with the jingle.. He's
here, he's there, he's everywhere.
That seemed fairly simple, did it not? So how about an absolutely new concept?
New Concept
Certain ‚¨¡þ¡þ s are used with only certain ¹¨þW"¹Æ·þ s and not with others. As we
wend our way through the ¹¨þW"¹Æ·þs , i'll introduce you to each special ‚¨¡þ¡þ -
¹¨þW"¹Æ·þ combination. Exercises that follow will help the memorizing process.
Note: The ‚¨¡þ¡þ s listed below are to be used ONLY with the ¹×·þú¡þþ ¹¨þW"¹Æ·þ
| Example sentences have been done for you.
¹¨þ›þþ (without.) is used with the fifth and the third vibhakti as well.
Example sentences follow.
Level 1 - Month 2 Lessons 9C-13B 55/76
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 2
A) Translate.
1. Madhava is a gardener.
2. He goes to the garden.
3. There are trees all around the garden.
4. There are flowers and fruits all around the garden too.
5. Madhava goes towards the house.
6. There are trees on either side of the house.
7. Damodara is a student.
8. He is going towards the school.
9. There are boys on all sides of the school.
10. There are teachers on all sides of the school.
11. He looks at the teachers and the students.
12. Mallapur is a village.
13. There are two gardens on either side of Mallapur.
14. There are trees , flowers and men on all sides of Mallapur.
15. I see the beggar.
16. A beggar is there.
17. He desires wealth.
18. I am going towards the beggar.
19. Two bad men are walking towards the two good men.
20.The two bad men trouble the two good men.
21. Suresh is a devotee.
22.He goes to the temple.
23.The temple has gardens on all four sides.
24.The temple has water on both sides.
25.Suresh enters the water.
26.He swims.
27.Suresh enters the temple.
28.He walks towards the Lord.
29.He does namaskaar to the Lord.
30.There is water on both sides of the house.
31. There are trees on all four sides of the house.
32.The fishes and the tortoises cannot live without the water.
33.The birds cannot live without the sky and the trees.
34.I cannot live without food and water.
35.You are a devotee.
36.You cannot live without God.
37.The two of you are rich men.
38.The two of you cannot live without wealth.
D) Identify the šþþ·é and its œÏ˜þŸþ œé²«þ ‡ˆÅ¨þ þ›þ verb form for each of the
following. One has been done for you.
Read = œþÚà ( œþÚ¹·þ)
Write, Speak, Eat, Go, Be, Walk, Namaskaar, Want. Touch.
*************
Level 1 - Month 2 Lessons 9C-13B 57/76
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 2
D) Identify the šþþ·é and its œÏ˜þŸþœé²«þ ï@¡\"E"S" verb form for each of the
following.
Read = œþÚà ( œþÚ¹·þ)
Write = ¹¥þ‰þà ( ¹¥þ‰þ¹·þ ) Speak = ¨þ¸Ã ( ¨þ¸¹·þ ) Eat = ‰þþ¸Ã ( ‰þþ¸¹·þ )
Go = ŠþŸþà (BpEF>{O") Be = ‚¬þà ( ‚¹¬·þ ) Walk= E"“o (E"“{O")
**************
It gives me great pleasure to introduce you to Mala. Ram's been on the website
for some time now and Vana has already made its presence felt. Time now that
Mala be shown how much we have been waiting for her to arrive. Mala ‚þˆÅþ£þ›·þ
¬°þú. is the standard word we use to decline‚þˆÅþ£þ›·þ ¬°þú. words. âþŸþþ
forgiveness, “GG"p shame, V"p{“@¡p girl, ˆÅ›¡þþ girl, ›þþ¹¬þˆÅþ nose, ¹ªþ¥þþ stone,
Interesting Fact:
There are no ì@¡pZpSO" ¬°þú. words in Sanskrit. So how would one decline
Jasminder of the 'Bend it like Beckham' fame? Or for that matter lovely modern
feminine names like Shireen, Suman, Sonal, Charlotte, Posh, Venus or Neelam ? Ah!
But don't we have solutions to every problem!! If you want to be grammatically
correct, simply add the word 'Ÿþ−ø¸¡þþ ì@¡pZpSO" name if the
Madam ' to the
lady you desire to speak about is a grown-up, or the word ' ˆÅ›¡þþ/ V"p{“@¡p girl' if
it's a little lady that you are referring to. These words convert the ì@¡pZpSO"
name into an ìp@¡pZpSO"one and are now ready to be declined like Ÿþþ¥þþ | Simple.
Be one of those ideal students and revise all the previous lessons, won't you? It's
absolutely necessary if you want to do today's exercise without tripping up. i'd
rather you don't think me a monster.
A) Translate.
1. I am studying.
2. Sarika and Ganesh are also studying.
3. We look at the books.
4. We think, "Where does knowledge come from?"
5. Sarika says, "Knowledge comes from here! " ...thus.
6. We all laugh.
7. Anubhav is walking towards the temple.
8. He sees a she goat.
Level 1 - Month 2 Lessons 9C-13B 62/76
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 2
B) Form the complete verb tables in the present tense for all the verbs in today's
lesson.
C) Revise all the verbs and the avyayas in the lessons done so far.
******************
30.Sharda is waiting and looking at Lata. ðppZQp {O"Î>{O" “O"pz T"ðY"{O" E"$
31. Now Sharda is dancing. ƒ¸þ›þì ªþþ£¸þ ›þ¼·¡þ¹·þ |
32.But Lata is not looking at Sharada. {@¡SO"s “O"p ðppZQpz S" T"ðY"{O"$
33.She is looking at the sky. ¬þþ ‚þˆÅþªþ¿ T"ðY"{O"$
34.Radha wants food. ZpR"p W"puG"S"X"o òEF>{O"$
35.She wants water too. _"p G"“X"o ì{T" òEF>{O"|
36.She goes to the restaurant. ¬þþ „œþþ−þ£Šþ¼−¿ BpEF>{O" |
37.She sees two birds there. ·þ°þ ¬þþ ‰þŠþù œþª¡þ¹·þ |
38.They are eating a meal too. O"pv ì{T" W"puG"S"z A"pQO"# |
39.Radha now does not wait there. £þšþþ ‚šé›þþ ·þ°þ ›þ ¹·þ«Ú¹·þ|
40.She goes home. ¬þþ Šþ¼−¿ BpEF>{O" |
41. There she eats food and drinks water. O"e" _"p W"puG"S"o A"pQ{O" G"“z {T"V"{O" E"|
42.There are creepers all around the garden. „Ôþþ›þ¿ œþ¹£·þ: ¥þ·þþ: ¬þ¹›·þ |
43.I see the creepers. ‚−¿ ¥þ·þþ: œþª¡þþ¹Ÿþ |
44.Mala says ," You see the creepers. But I see the flowers too."
Ÿþþ¥þþ ¨þ¸¹·þ ," ·¨þ¿ ¥þ·þþ: œþª¡þ¹¬þ | œþ£›·é ‚−¿ œé«œþþ¹µþ ‚¹œþ œþª¡þþ¹Ÿþ |"
45. Then we both see the creepers and flowers. O"Qp ìp\"pz “O"p# T"s^T"p{Np E" T"ðY"p\"# |
You will not require answers for B), and C) . You shouldn't have a problem with
those. Till next week!
****************
‚−¿ Ÿþø¸ˆ¿Å ‰þþ¸þ¹Ÿþ | Great. With what do i eat that delicious, mouthwatering,
modak that has the ability to help me put on an extra kilo in a single bite? With my
mouth. Ÿé‰þ½›þ | ‚−¿ Ÿé‰ø›þ Ÿþø¸ˆ¿Å ‰þþ¸þ¹Ÿþ | ‚−¿ Ÿé‰ø›þ ¨þ¸þ¹Ÿþ | ‚−¿ Ÿé‰ø›þ
‰þþ¸þ¹Ÿþ ¨þ¸þ¹Ÿþ þ | i eat and speak with my mouth.
‚−¿ −¬·ø›þ ¹¥þ‰þþ¹Ÿþ ‚þ¹¥þ‰þþ¹Ÿþ ‰þþ¸þ¹Ÿþ þ | i write, draw and eat with my
hand.
It's time that the ·þ¼·þú¡þþ ¹¨þW"¹Æ·þ be placed
Before us now that we are faced
With sentences that need to explain with what
part of my anatomy i hold that oversized pot.
−¬·ø›þ you say. i don't agree.
That pot is just too heavy for me.
−¬·þþW¡þþŸþÃ is the word i seek
At the vibhakti table, let's take a peek.
Plurals dear, you shall fret not.
Just two hands, are all i've got.
But i have fingers and i have toes.
There's much that i can do with those.
With arrows i fight, with friends i play.
Let's learn the ·þ¼·þú¡þþ ¹¨þW"¹Æ·þ today.
First the vibhakti table for quick reference..
£þŸþ ì@¡pZpSO" œé¿ o
{\"W"[×O" ï@¡\"E"S" {Ÿ\"E"S" V"`l\"E"S"
·þ¼·þú¡þþ by, with £þŸøµþ £þŸþþW¡þþŸþÃ £þŸþ¾:
you were Ravana?! ) The word for eye is ›ø°þ | ›ø°þ is ›þœé¿0| ‚−¿ ›ø°øµþ œþª¡þþ¹Ÿþ |
It is obvious that i'm winking, unless i am blind in one eye.‚−¿ ›ø°þþW¡þþ¿ œþª¡þþ¹Ÿþ
There we have it. i see with my two eyes. As for my nose, it is feminine..›þþ¹¬þˆÅþ |
‚−¿ ›þþ¹¬þˆÅ¡þþ {G"‹Ïþ¹Ÿþ | £þ¨þµþ: ›þþ¹¬þˆÅþ{W"# {G"C"ø{O"|
Recall of Concept
Do you recall the concept introduced in Lesson 10. Neuter words to the rescue?
Refer to it first before moving ahead.
In the ·þ¼·þú¡þþ ¹¨þW"¹Æ·þ , we have
Are you familiar with the ¹ªþ¨þˆÅ¨þEþŸþà ? Towards the end, there are these
wonderful examples of the ·þ¼·þú¡þþ ¹¨þW"¹Æ·þ | The verb forms in the prayer, are
those forms that show a request or an order and have not yet been introduced to
you. But the general meaning is clear. Just concentrate on the ·þ¼·þú¡þþ ¹¨þWþ¹Æ·þ
forms of the noun shown in blue.
The sadhaka asks of the Lord to do the following to his enemies ( pretty
aggressively too as suggested by using each verb twice!)
...¹°þªê¥ø›þ ¹¨þ¸þ£¡þ ¹¨þ¸þ£¡þ With the Trishul, tear asunder
ˆºÅÚþ£½µþ {W"¹›šþ {W"¹›šþ With the axe, chop/destroy/split
| Time now for exercises and new words and verbs. Move on to Lesson 13 A.
D. Translate.
1. There goes the old man.
2. He is walking.
3. He is walking with a stick.
4. You see the old man.
5. You see the old man with one eye.
6. Now you see the old man with two eyes.
7. Here are clothes.
8. I hold the clothes with my hand.
9. I wear the clothes.
10. Amar is a man.
11. He is running.
12. He runs with two legs.
13. He is running towards Ramesh.
14. Now Amar and Ramesh are running towards the garden .
15. The two of you are writing.
16. The two of you are writing with your two hands.
17. Shiv is walking with Geeta, Surekha and Madhav.
18. The teacher is strolling with the student.
19. They see a boy.
20.He is playing with a stick.
21. Shyam is playing with a ball.
22.Raghava is playing with a stick and a ball.
23.The thief is stealing the wealth with his hands.
24.The father is beating the thief with a stick.
25.The thief throws the wealth.
Level 1 - Month 2 Lessons 9C-13B 72/76
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 2
Summing up of Month 2.
By the end of the second month, you would have achieved the following..
Know that...
• Neuter words in English need not be neuter in Sanskrit.
• Masculine words in English need not be masculine in Sanskrit.
• And so on and so forth....
• Certain avyayas can be used with only certain vibhaktis..
• There are no ì@¡pZpSO" _°þú o words in Sanskrit.
• The first three vibhaktis of all three genders are at your fingertips.
• Be accurate in the use of the first three vibhaktis.
• Total vocabulary would have increased to
Nouns/Pronouns = 84
Verbs = 35
Avyayas = 27
Grand total = 146
Pretty impressive, huh?!
*********
Lesson 14. About Him and Her and not forgetting It.
Doesn't sound quite like the one we learnt at kindergarten, does it?
Without those pronouns, the nursery rhyme sounds horrendous. And so will
our sentences if we don't begin with their study and use.
We have already, albeit unwittingly, been using pronouns... but only the
subject forms. If i say,"‚−¿¬þ: œþª¡þþ¹Ÿþ," i would make no sense at all. i
must use the object form and say," ‚−¿ ·þ¿ œþª¡þþ¹Ÿþ |" i see him.
Pronoun table, where art thou? We need you desperately right now!
·þ¸Ã ( ¨þ− ) œé¿o That/ He
{\"W"[×O" ï@¡\"E"S" {Ÿ\"E"S" V"`l\"E"S"
œÏ˜þŸþþ subject ¬þ: ·þù ·ø
¹×·þú¡þþ object ·þŸþÃ ·þù ·þþ›þÃ
·þ¼·þú¡þþ by, with ·ø›þ O"pWY"pX"o ·ù:
Brain teaser
Notice how pronouns do not have the "whateve @¡pZpSO"" tag.
Can anyone tell me what i mean by that statement?
Early bird prizes!
One glance at today's lesson and all of you will be screaming," Off with the
teacher's head! How can we be expected to memorize six new tables in one
session?"
My dears, first of all, go through the Jagadeeshaha Lesson no. 5. Are you
done? Now look carefully at the lot. Concentrate on the ·þ¸Ã . You already
know the subject forms of œé¿ o and ¬°þúo |
·þ¼o ¹¨þo of the œé¿o and the
The
›þœé¿o are the same. The first two vibhaktis of the ›þœé¿o are identical.
Now concentrate on the ïO"Qo | Ditto similarities. Even better...the ïO"Qo
CLUE: When i combine a noun and a pronoun together as in "That man, " be
sure to pick the noun first from the appropriate vibhakti and then pick the
pronoun from the same vibhakti... and then use the two as a combined group.
·þ¿ ›þ£¿, ·þ¬Ÿù ›þ£þ¡þ, ·ø›þ −¬·ø›þ, ·þ¡þþ Ÿþþ¥þ¡þþ|
Q1. Translate.
1. When Kamala goes to the cinema, then Shweta too goes to the cinema.
2. Kamala goes with Shweta to the cinema.
3. The two girls go to the cinema.
4. Sujata sees the two of them.
5. The two girls also see her ( i mean Sujata.)
6. All of them do not go the cinema but they go to school.
7. Kamala and Shweta are girls.
8. Sujata is the teacher.
9. The father sees Ram.
10. Ram is not studying.
11. He is playing with a boy.
12. Father holds a stick with his hand.
13. He goes towards the two boys.
14. Father beats Ram with that stick.
15. You see the students .
16. They are going towards the temple.
17. They enter the temple.
18. They see God.
19. They do namaskaar to Him.
20.They are holding flowers.
21. They worship God with those flowers.
22.With flowers, fruits and water, I worship God.
23.I go to the kitchen.
24.There are no vegetables there.
25.I think ," I am going to the shop. Vegetables are there." ...thus.
26.I hold a bag.
27.The shop is there.
28.I go to the shop with Smita.
29.Smita asks," Are you buying vegetables with money?"
30.I say ,"Yes."
31. The two of us go to the shop.
32.I go to the shop with her.
33.We want vegetables.
34.We want fruits and flowers too.
35.But there are no fruits or flowers there.
Level 1 - Month 3 Lessons 14-17D 81/118
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 3
*************
29.Smita asks," Are you buying vegetables with money?" [_X"O"p T"wEF>{O",‘‘ì{T" O\"z
R"S"uS" ðpp@¡pS"o +¡rNpp{_" ?"
30.I say ,"Yes." ‚−¿ ¨þ¸þ¹Ÿþ," ‚þŸþà | "
31. The two of us go to the shop. ìp\"pX"o ìpT"Npz BpEF>p\"#$
32.I go to the shop with her. ì`z O"Y"p _"` ìpT"Npz BpEF>p{X"$
33.We want vegetables. ìp\"pz ðpp@¡pS"o òEF>p\"#$
34.We want fruits and flowers too. ìp\"pz U¡“p{S" T"s^T"p{Np ì{T" òEF>p\"#$
35.But there are no fruits or flowers there. œþ£›·é ·þ°þ ûÅ¥þþ¹›þ ¨þþ œé«œþþ¹µþ ¨þþ ›þ ¬þ¹›·þ|
36.They are elsewhere. ·þþ¹›þ ‚›¡þ°þ ¬þ¹›·þ |
37.We see vegetables there. ìp\"pz O"e" ðpp@¡pS"o T"ðY"p\"#$
38.We buy them with money and come home. ìp\"pz O"pS"o R"S"uS" +¡rNpr\"# Bpw`X"o ìpBpEF>p\"# E"$
39.We see Raghava. ‚þ¨þþ¿ £þ‹þ¨þ¿ œþª¡þþ¨þ: |
40.Now Smita , Raghava and I go to the kitchen. ìR"sS"p [_X"O"p, ZpC"\"# ì`z E"
T"p@¡Bpw`z BpEF>pX"#$( Refer to Lesson 7 A )
41. I go to the kitchen with them. ì`z O"pWY"pz _"` T"p@¡Bpw`z BpEF>p{X"$
42.We wash the vegetables. ¨þ¡þ¿ ªþþˆÅþ›þà âþþ¥þ¡þþŸþ: |
43.We wash them with water. \"Y"z O"pS"o G"“uS" b"p“Y"pX"#$
44.With these vegetables a meal is done. ðpp@v¡# W"puG"S"z W"\"{O"$
45.Then (afterwards) we hold those vegetables with our hands and eat them
O"QS"SO"Zz \"Y"z O"pS"o ðpp@¡pS"o `_O"v# R"ZpX"# X"sA"v# O"pS"o A"pQpX"# E"$
with our mouths .
46.The gardener is making a garland with flowers. X"p“p@¡pZ# T"s^T"v# X"p“pz ZE"Y"{O"$
47.With this garland, he is worshipping God. ïO"Y"p X"p“Y"p _"# Qu\"z T"tG"Y"{O"$
48.Here is a book.ìe" T"s_O"@¡X"o ì[_O"$ ìe" BpøSP"# ì[_O"$
49.I am reading this book. ì`X"o ïO"O"o T"s_O"@z¡ T"K>p{X"$ ì`X"o ïO"z BpøSP"z T"K>p{X"$
50.There , there are books. O"e" T"s_O"@¡p{S" _"[SO"$ O"e" BpøSP"p# _"[SO"$
51. I am looking at those books. ì`z O"p{S" T"s_O"@¡p{S" T"ðY"p{X"$ ì`z O"pS"o BpøSP"pS"o T"ðY"p{X"$
52.This is Smita. ï^"p [_X"O"p$
53.With her, I go to the garden. O"Y"p _"` ì`X"o íüpS"z BpEF>p{X"$
54.These are Prakash and Kedar. ïO"pv T"ø@¡pðp# @u¡QpZ# E"$
55.With all of them , I go the garden. ïO"v# _"` ì`X"o íüpS"z BpEF>p{X"$
come to mind. Generous, masterful yet quick to express anger and jealousy. The E"o ¹¨þo
governs an entire range of similar emotions.
One of our prime rules taught somewhere right at the beginning states that ŠþŸþÃ
(BpEF>{O") is governed by the ¹×o ¹¨þo. No matter what form the ŠþŸþà takes, in
its avatar as a verb, in any tense or mood, the place that you go to is ALWAYS
chosen from the ¹×o ¹¨þo.
Similarly the E"o ¹¨þo governs the following šþþ·é s, when they appear in a
sentence....
• ¸þ (Y"EF>{O") To give
....and the ‚¨¡þ¡þ s, ›þŸþ: and the three " ¬¨þ " beginning ones- ¬¨þþ−þ,
¬¨þ¹¬·þ, ¬¨þšþþ | There are many more šþþ·é s that our E"o ¹¨þo controls but
we can cover them at a later date. The ones introduced today are the ones
we require the most.
Are your reference tables handy? Here we go...
‚−¿ Y"EF>p{X"$ I give. ‚−¿ ûÅ¥þ¿
Y"EF>p{X"$ I give a fruit.
This much is clear. NOW is when the E"o makes its appearance.
_"# ZpX"pY" T"s_O"@z¡ Y"EF>{O"$ ZpR"p X"p“pY"v T"s^T"z Y"EF>{O"$ O\"z @w¡^NppY"
G"“z Y"EF>{_"$ _"p O"_X"v c"pS"z S" Y"EF>{O"$
• Whoever i am angry( or not angry) with, that whoever falls into the
E"0 {\"0 - S"wT"# V"p“@¡pY" @s¡TY"{O"/+s¡RY"{O"$ S"wT"# V"p“@¡pY" S" @s¡TY"{O"$
• Whoever i wish to tell (or not tell)something to, that whoever falls
into the E"0{\"0 | ‚−¿ ¹ªþ«¡þþ¡þ ˆÅ˜þ¡þþ¹Ÿþ | ‚−¿ ¹ªþ«¡þþ¡þ ›þ
ˆÅ˜þ¡þþ¹Ÿþ |
NOTE: Telling someone is different from speaking to someone.
The person you tell (or do not tell), falls into the þ0 and the person you
speak (or do not speak to) falls into the ¹×0 ¹¨þ0 |
Therefore ì`z O"_Y"v @¡P"Y"p{X"$ I tell her...maybe a story or a secret.
‚−¿ ·þþ¿ ¨þ¸þ¹Ÿþ | I speak to her...softly. angrily, lovingly, whatever.
ì`z O"_Y"v S" @¡P"Y"p{X"$ ‚−¿ ·þþ¿ ›þ ¨þ¸þ¹Ÿþ | Crystal clear?
Now let's take a look at the ‚¨¡þ¡þ s.
ýú Šþµøªþþ¡þ ›þŸþ: | (Have you ever heard of a ýú Šþµøªþ¿ ›þŸþ:? Hope not.
That would be an absolute no no.)
›þŸþ: is an ‚¨¡þ¡þ | It means " salutations " Whoever you do ›þŸþ: to falls
into the E"0{\"0| Therefore ªþþ£¸þ¡ù ›þŸþ: | Salutations to Sharada. dr
W"\"pS"rðpŠ¡ZpY" S"X"#$ dr _"puX"S"pP"pY" S"X"#$ íX"pX"`uÄ"ZpWY"pz S"X"#$ Both Uma and
Maheshwar, therefore the dual. Similarly ,“bX"rS"pZpY"NppWY"pz S"X"#$
NOTE: ›þŸþ: ‚¨¡þ¡þ | The form of ›þŸþ: never changes and is always
is an
used with the E"0 {\"0| But ›þŸþÃ is a šþþ·é and when used as a verb ›þŸþÃ (
NOTE: The verbs and avyayas that are used specifically with the E"0{\"0
have already been discussed in lesson 15. Any new verbs that you will find in
Lesson 15 A can be used with other vibhaktis as well. They need not be used
with the E"0{\"0 alone. They have been introduced here simply to build your
vocabulary.
Nouns/ Pronouns Verbs Avyayas.
ˆ¼Å«þˆÅ farmer M ¨þœþà ( ¨þœþ¹·þ ) sow ›þŸþ:
V"øpÏ"Np Brahmin M ÇÅ›¸Ã (ÇÅ›¸¹·þ ) cry ¬¨þ¹¬·þ
‚þœþ¹µþˆÅ shopkeeper ǺŚþà ( ǺŚ¡þ¹·þ ) ¡þ·þà that (as in the
M angry sentences:
Ÿþøâþ Liberation M ˆºÅœþà (@s¡TY"{O") angry He says that
I think that...
œÏþ¬þþ¸ palace M ˆÅ˜þà (@¡P"Y"{O") tell
šþþ›¡þ grain N ¸þ (Y"EF>{O" ) give
¬›þþ›þ bath N
œþÚ›þ study N
¬›þþ›þŠþ¼− bathroom N
¬é‰þ happiness N
¸º:‰þ unhappiness N
“GG"p shame F
¬þ¬¡þ crop.N
Please do a quick revision of all the lessons done so far before you attempt
to translate the passages. Pay special attention to the pronouns or else they
are sure to trip you up. (When i was first introduced to those pronouns, i not
only tripped but fell flat on my face. Don't want you to suffer the same
fate. Believe me, it's positively boring to go through life with a flattened
nose. There's nothing left of it to poke into someone else's business.)
CLUE: When i combine a noun and a pronoun together as in "That man, " be
sure to pick the noun first from the appropriate vibhakti and then pick the
pronoun from the same vibhakti... and then use the two as a combined group.
·þ¿ ›þ£¿, ·þ¬Ÿù ›þ£þ¡þ, ·ø›þ −¬·ø›þ, ·þ¡þþ Ÿþþ¥þ¡þþ|
Translate.
24.When people buy those grains with wealth, then I am also becoming a
rich man.
25.The girl is crying.
26.The boy asks her, " Are you crying?" ..thus.
27.That girl says, "Yes. I am crying for milk."
28.Then that boy goes to the kitchen.
29.He sees milk there.
30.He brings milk for that girl.
31. He gives her milk.
32.She laughs.
33.He also laughs with her.
34.Those boys are playing with those bats and those balls.
35.Ram beats Shyam with that bat.
36.Shyam falls.
37.He becomes angry with Ram.
38.Therefore, he also beats him.
39.Now Ram falls.
40.War happens (yipes!).
41. Father comes.
42.He tells all the boys, " I am angry with these two boys."
43.They (dual) cry with shame.
44.With Father, they (dual) go home.
45.Then Ram goes to the bathroom for a bath.
46.Afterwards Shyam goes to that bathroom for a bath.
47.The shopkeeper goes to the shop.
48.When he enters the shop, then he sees a thief.
49.He gets angry with that thief.
50.He says to him that all the people too come here.
51. But they buy grain or cloth or books with wealth.
52.But you are a thief.
53.You enter the shop and steal grain, cloth, books and wealth.
54.You are a bad man.
55.Then that shopkeeper beats that thief with a stick.
56.People run towards the shop.
57.Now on all four sides of the shop, are those people.
58.They ask that shopkeeper, " Where has this thief come from?"
59.Then they also become angry with that thief .
Level 1 - Month 3 Lessons 14-17D 91/118
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 3
60.They stand on two sides of the thief and beat him with (their) hands.
61. There, is a school.( Use the word œþþÚªþþ¥þþ )
62.From here students are going to that school for study(Oh, Lord!)
63.From there also students come to this school for study.
64.They all come to this school for knowledge.
65.The teachers say, " Let there be welfare to these students."
24.When people buy those grains with wealth, then I am also becoming a
rich man. Y"Qp G"S"p# R"S"uS" O"p{S" R"pSY"p{S" +¡rNp[SO", O"Qp ì`X"o ì{T" R"{S"@¡# W"\"p{X"$
25.The girl is crying. V"p{“@¡p +¡SQ{O"$
26.The boy asks her, " Are you crying?" ..thus.V"p“@¡# O"pz T"wEF>{O","O\"z +¡SQ{_" {@¡X"o ?"
27.That girl says."Yes.I am crying for milk."_"p V"p{“@¡p \"Q{O","ìpX"o|ì`z QlBR"pY" +¡SQp{X"$"
28.Then that boy goes to the kitchen. O"Qp _"# V"p“@¡# T"p@¡Bpw`z BpEF>{O"$
29.He sees milk there. ·þ°þ ¬þ: ¸ºŠšþ¿ œþª¡þ¹·þ |
30.He brings milk for that girl. _"# O"_Y"v V"p{“@¡pY"v QlBR"X"o ìpS"Y"{O"$
31. He gives her milk. _"# O"_Y"v QlBR"z Y"EF>{O"$
32.She laughs. ¬þþ −¬þ¹·þ |
33.He also laughs with her. ·þ¡þþ ¬þ− ¬þ: ‚¹œþ −¬þ¹·þ |
34.Those boys are playing with those bats and those balls. O"u V"p“@¡p# O"v#
QNL>v# O"v# @¡SQl@v¡# E" +¡rL>[SO"$
35.Ram beats Shyam with that bat. £þŸþ: ª¡þþŸþ¿ ·ø›þ ¸µÛ½›þ ·þþÛ¡þ¹·þ |
36.Shyam falls. ª¡þþŸþ: œþ·þ¹·þ |
37.He becomes angry with Ram. _"# ZpX"pY" @s¡TY"{O"/+s¡RY"{O"$
38.Therefore, he also beats him. ‚·þ: ¬þ: ‚¹œþ ·þ¿ ·þþÛ¡þ¹·þ |
39.Now Ram falls. ƒ¸þ›þì £þŸþ: œþ·þ¹·þ |
40.War happens. Y"s«z W"\"{O"$
41. Father comes. G"S"@¡# ìpBpEF>{O"$
42.He tells all the boys, " I am angry with these two boys." _"# O"uWY"#
V"p“@u¡WY"# @¡P"Y"{O", " ì`X"o ïO"pWY"pz V"p“@¡pWY"pz @s¡TY"p{X" |"
43.They cry with shame. O"pv “GG"Y"p +¡SQO"#$
44.With Father, they go home. G"S"@u¡S" _"` O"pv Bpw`z BpEF>O"#$
45.Then Ram goes to the bathroom for a bath. O"Qp ZpX"# _S"pS"pY" _S"pS"Bpw`z BpEF>{O"$
46.Afterwards Shyam goes to that bathroom for a bath. O"QS"SO"Zz ðY"pX"# O"O"o
_S"pS"Bpw`z _S"pS"pY" BpEF>{O"$
47.The shopkeeper goes to the shop. ìpT"{Np@¡# ìpT"Npz BpEF>{O"$
48.When he enters the shop, then he sees a thief. Y"Qp _"# ìpT"Npz {\"ðp{O" O"Qp _"#
E"puZz T"ðY"{O"$
49.He gets angry with that thief. _"# O"_X"v E"puZpY" @s¡TY"{O"$
50.He says to him that all the people too come here. _"# O"z \"Q{O" Y"O"o G"S"p#
ì{T" ìe" ìpBpEF>[SO"$
51. But they buy grain or cloth or books with wealth. T"ZSO"s O"u R"SY"z \"p \"_e"z \"p
T"s_O"@¡p{S" \"p R"S"uS" +¡rNp[SO"$
52.But you are a thief. T"ZSO"s O\"z E"puZ# ì{_"$
53.You enter the shop and steal grain and cloth and books and wealth. O\"z
ìpT"Npz {\"ðp{_" E" R"pSY"z, \"_e"z, T"s_O"@¡p{S", R"S"z E" `Z{_"$
54.You are a bad man. O\"z QlG"êS"# ì{_"$
55.Then that shopkeeper beats that thief with a stick. O"Qp _"# ìpT"{Np@¡# O"z
E"puZz QNL>uS" O"pL>Y"{O"$
56.People run towards the shop. G"S"p# ìpT"Npz T"ø{O" R"p\"[SO"$
57.Now on all four sides of the shop, are those people.ìR"sS"p ìpT"Npz T"qZO"# G"S"p# _"[SO"$
58.They ask that shopkeeper, " Where has this thief come from?" O"u O"z
ìpT"{Np@z¡ T"wEF>[SO"," ïu^"# E"puZ# @s¡O"# ìpBpEF>{O"?"
59.Then they also become angry with that thief. O"Qp O"u ì{T" O"_X"v E"puZpY" @s¡TY"[SO"$
60.They stand on two sides of the thief and beat him with (their) hands.
O"u E"puZX"o íW"Y"O"# {O"Î>[SO" `_O"v O"z O"pL>Y"{O"$
61. There, is a school. ·þ°þ œþþÚªþþ¥þþ ‚¹¬·þ |
62.From here students are going to that school for study. òO"# F>pe"p# O"pz
T"pK>ðpp“pz T"K>S"pY" BpEF>[SO"$
63.From there also students come to this school for study. O"O"# ì{T" F>pe"p#
ïO"pz T"pK>ðpp“pz T"K>S"pY" ìpBpEF>[SO"$
64.They all come to this school for knowledge. O"u ïO"pz T"pK>ðpp“pz c"pS"pY"
ìpBpEF>[SO"$
65.The teachers say, " Let there be welfare to these students." ìRY"pT"@¡p#
\"Q[SO", " F>pe"uWY"# _\"[_O"$
**********
(ìS"sW"\"{O") to experience)
ì`z E"puZpO"o W"Y"X"o ìS"sW"\"p{X"$
“bX"Np# Zp\"NppO"o W"Y"X"o S" ìS"sW"\"{O"$
Level 1 - Month 3 Lessons 14-17D 96/118
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 3
• Whoever you receive knowledge from just has to fall into the œþ¿0.
¹¨þ0. ‚−¿ œþÚþ¹Ÿþ | i learn. ‚−¿ œþþÚ¿ œþÚþ¹Ÿþ | i learn a lesson.
V"{`# outside.
Bpw`pO"o V"{`# \"wb"# ì[_O"$ Outside the house, is a tree.
‚›þ›·þ£Ÿþà / œþ£Ÿþà / „š¨þÄŸþà after.
W"puG"S"pO"o ìS"SO"ZX"o ì`z U¡“z A"pQp{X"$ I eat a fruit after a meal
œÏþˆÃÅ before. W"puG"S"pO"o T"øp@o¡ ì{T" ì`z U¡“z A"pQp{X"$
¹¨þ›þþ without.( Also used with the ¹×0 and ·þ¼0 ¹¨þ0, remember??)
ZpX"z {\"S"p ì`z Bpw`pO"o V"{`# S" BpEF>p{X"$ Without Ram i am not going
outside the house.
Last week's " E"\"O"r A"pNp " (Ganesh Chaturthi eatables, to the
uninitiated) set me thinking... we might have cases of indigestion with the
number of sentences set for translations. How about two groups of
translations?
1. "Buffet" that will cater to the people who need to "take away" with them
just a few sentences to understand the concept and
2. "Banquet" that will cater to those serious "sit down" students who have
appreciated the long drawn out fare that i have been dishing out so far and
who prefer a solid 3 course practice.
Now that we are equipped to handle Buffet Lessons 16 A and 16 B and
Banquet Lessons 16 C and 16 D , shall we begin?
Translate:
1. The boy is falling from the palace.
2. These flowers are falling from that creeper.
3. This girl is afraid of that bad man.
4. These farmers drive away these goats from this field.
5. Rain falls from clouds.
6. Outside the house is a school.
7. After play, i go home
8. Before studies i eat a meal.
9. Without Krishna, Radha does not dance.( Make sentences with ¹×0,
·þ¼0 and œþ¿0 ¹¨þ0 )
10. Light arises from the Sun.
11. She brings water from the lake.
12. Sprouts arise from seeds.
13. The students study lessons from the teacher.
14. The deer are afraid of the lion.
15. The two friends are not afraid of the Sun.
************
Translate.
1. A garden is outside that house.
2. On both sides of that house are trees and creepers.
3. All around that house are flowers.
4. Those flowers fall from those creepers.
5. These two fruits fall from these two trees.
6. A boy is playing there.
7. He throws the ball from (his) hand .
8. The farmer sees that rain is falling from the clouds.
9. He takes the plough and goes outside the house.
10. He goes towards the field.
11. With the plough, he ploughs the field.
*************
44.From the village they are going towards the cinema. BpøpX"pO"o O"u {E"e"T"J>Bpw`z
T"ø{O" BpEF>[SO"$
45.With those boys are the girls too. V"p“@v¡# _"` V"p{“@¡p# ì{T" _"[SO"$
46.On all sides of the boys and girls are teachers. V"p“@¡pS"o V"p{“@¡p# E" T"qZO"#
ìRY"pT"@¡p# _"[SO"$
47.The teachers are protecting the boys and girls from bad people
always. ìRY"pT"@¡p# V"p“@¡pS"o V"p{“@¡p# E" QlG"êS"uWY"# _"Qp Zb"[SO"$
48.Without the teachers, the boys and girls are not going outside the
village. ìRY"pT"@u¡WY"# {\"S"p ( also correct are ‚š¡þþœþˆÅþ›þà ¹¨þ›þþ and ‚š¡þþœþˆ¾Å: ¹¨þ›þþ )
V"p“@¡p# V"p{“@¡p# BpøpX"pO"o V"{`# S" BpEF>[SO"$
49.Are you going outside the house now? ì{T" òQpS"rë O\"z Bpw`pO"o V"{`# BpEF>{_"?
50.Yes, I am going outside the house now. ìpX"o, ìR"sS"p ì`z Bpw`pO"o V"{`# BpEF>p{X"$
51. I am going to the lake. ì`z _"Zpu\"Zz BpEF>p{X"$
52.Are you also coming? O\"z ì{T" ìpBpEF>{_" {@¡X"o ?
53.No, I am going to the shop and am buying books. S", ì`X"o ìpT"Npz BpEF>p{X",
T"s_O"@¡p{S" +¡rNpp{X"$
54.From there, i am going to school. O"O"# ì`z T"pK>ðpp“pz BpEF>p{X"$
55.I am giving those books to Pushpa. ì`z T"s^T"pY"v O"p{S" T"s_O"@¡p{S" Y"EF>p{X"$
56.She is a friend. ¬þþ ¹Ÿþ°þŸþà |
57.Without Pushpa, i am not going to the lake. T"s^T"pY"p# {\"S"p (T"s^T"pz {\"S"p, T"s^T"Y"p
{\"S"p) ì`z _"Zpu\"Zz S" BpEF>p{X"$
58.Outside the village is a lake. BpøpX"pO"o V"{`# _"Zpu\"Z# ì[_O"$
59.From the lake, Sharada brings water. _"Zpu\"ZpO"o ðppZQp G"“X"o ìpS"Y"{O"$
60.She gives that water to the boy. _"p V"p“@¡pY" O"O"o G"“z Y"EF>{O"$
61. That boy tells Sharada , " I am feeling happy now." _"# V"p“@¡# ðppZQpY"v
@¡P"Y"{O", " ì`z _"sA"X"o ìS"sW"\"p{X"$
************
been told that G"S"@¡# is "Father" and it definitely is. ¹œþ·þ¼ is a synonym )
Hope the keys to your memory bank are handy and well oiled. Do you
recall Lesson 5 ? Jagadeesha had very happily announced X"X" S"pX" G"BpQrðp#$
Let me give you a few sentences as examples:
X"X" {T"O"p @w¡^NppS"SQ#$ My father is Krishnanand.(‚¹¬·þ is not mandatory
since it is clearly understood, but you can add it if you like.)
X"X" X"pO"p ðpv“G"p$ My mother is Shailaja.
W"\"O"# S"pX" {\"\"u@¡#$ Your name is Vivek.
W"\"OY"p# S"pX" QlBppê$ Your name is Durga.
£þŸþ¬¡þ ¨þ¬°þþ¹µþ ‚°þ ¬þ¹›·þ | Ram's clothes are here.
¨þ¼âþ¬¡þ œþ°þ¿ œþ·þ¹·þ | The tree's leaf falls.
Level 1 - Month 3 Lessons 14-17D 107/118
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 3
• X"X" , W"\"O"# and W"\"OY"p# are «þ0 ¹¨þ0 ï@¡\"E"S" declined forms .
• ŸþŸþ ("mine" or "my" as in: This book is mine OR My name is Santa
Claus... ïO"Qo T"s_O"@¡z X"X" ì[_O"; X"X" S"pX" ¬ß›ÙÆ¥þßG" ..Yipes! That
was tough to key in!) The root word (of I, two of us and we) here is
‚¬Ÿþ¸Ã|
• W"\"O"#( "yours" masculine: W"\"O"# T"s_O"@¡X"o)Root word is W"\"O"o |
• W"\"OY"p# ( "yours" feminine W"\"OY"p# T"s_O"@¡X"o )Root word, W"\"O"r|
All this " coloured grammar stuff" is simply for your information. For the
moment, we need just those three words, X"X", W"\"O"# and W"\"OY"p#, to
form sentences. So thou shalt panic not.
Here are the already declined words that you will need to use:
¹œþ·þþ father, Ÿþþ·þþ W"øpO"p brother, W"{BpS"r sister, œþ¹·þ: husband,
mother,
Translate.
1. Krishna's father is Vasudev.
2. His mother is Devaki.
3. Balaram is Krishna's brother.
4. Subhadra is his sister.
5. The Pandavas' father is Pandu
6. Sharada's book is here.
7. Manohar's house is there.
8. The Sun's light is everywhere.
9. This is my messenger.
10. These are Kamat's restaurants.
11. These are Anuradha's tortoises.
12. These two girls are mine.
13. Those two boys are yours (F)
14. Ram's wife is Sita.
15. Sita's husband is Ram.
My wife is Mrs. Santa Claus.( no, no, don't translate that! It was meant to
wipe that frown off W"\"O"#/ W"\"OY"p# brow!)
16. Luv and Kush's father is Ram.
17. Ram's sons are Luv and Kush.
18. Kaushalya and Sumitra's husband is Dasharath.
19. Raavan sees Ram's army. ( Trip-up alert)
20. The work-place's president is Mohan.
Clue: Our Subhashita section is also a good source for new words!
57.Ram throws arrows from (his) hand. ( To say where the arrows fall,
we'll have to wait for the ¬þœ·þŸþú {\"W"[×O" )
58.Raavan does not live.
59.The army conquers Lanka.
60.Ram goes towards Sita.
61. He speaks to her with kind and gentle words.
62.Sita feels happy.
63.Sita comes to Ayodhya with Ram.
64.They live with happiness.
***********
25.Ram takes (his) arrows and goes towards the deer. ZpX"# V"pNppS"o S"Y"{O" X"wBpz T"ø{O"
BpEF>{O" E"$
26.The deer sees Ram and runs. X"wBp# ZpX"z T"ðY"{O" R"p\"{O" E"$
27.Ram runs too. £þŸþ: ‚¹œþ šþþ¨þ¹·þ|
28.Sita tells Lakshman that a Rakshas is troubling Ram. _"rO"p “bX"NppY" @¡P"Y"{O" Y"O"o
Zpb"_"# ZpX"z O"sQ{O"$
29.I am afraid of that Rakshas. ì`z O"_X"pO"o Zpb"_"pO"o W"Y"X"o ìS"sW"\"p{X"$
30.That Rakshas is wearing ( has donned) the form of a deer .¬þ: £þâþ¬þ: Ÿþ¼Šþ¬¡þ ³œþ¿
šþþ£¡þ¹·þ |
ì`z Bpw`pO"o V"{`# S" BpEF>p{X"$
31. I am not going outside the house.
32.Therefore Lakshman goes towards Ram . ìO"# “bX"Np# ZpX"z T"ø{O" BpEF>{O"$
33.He is now protecting Ram. ‚šé›þþ ¬þ: £þŸþ¿ £âþ¹·þ |
34.Lakshman is not protecting Ram's wife Sita. “bX"Np# ZpX"_Y" W"pY"p| _"rO"pz S" Zb"{O"$
35.Raavan comes and takes away Sita. Zp\"Np# ìpBpEF>{O" _"rO"pz `Z{O" E"$
36.Sita cries but Ram is not there. ¬þú·þþ ÇÅ›¸¹·þ œþ£›·é £þŸþ: ·þ°þ ›þþ¹¬·þ|
37.Lakshman is also not there. ¥þâŸþµþ: ‚¹œþ ·þ°þ ›þþ¹¬·þ|
38.Where is Raavan taking Sita? Zp\"Np# _"rO"pz @s¡e" S"Y"{O" ?
39.He is taking her to Lanka. _"# O"pz “Š¡pz S"Y"{O"$
40.Sita throws (her) ornament from the Pushpak-Viman. _"rO"p ìpW"ZNpz
T"s^T"@¡{\"X"pS"pO"o {b"T"{O"$
41. Ram sees her ornament. ZpX"# O"_Y"p# ìpW"ZNpz T"ðY"{O"$
42.A bird tells him that Raavan is taking Sita to Lanka. A"Bp# O"_X"v @¡P"Y"{O" Y"O"o
Zp\"Np# _"rO"pz “Š¡pz S"Y"{O"$
43.Aanjaneya goes to Lanka. ìpIG"S"uY"# “Š¡pz BpEF>{O"$
44.He goes to the Ashoka-vatikaa. _"# ìðppu@¡\"p{J>@¡pz BpEF>{O"$
45.Ashoka-vatikaa is Raavan's garden. ‚ªþøˆÅ¨þþ¹ÙˆÅþ £þ¨þµþ¬¡þ „Ôþþ›þŸþà |
46.Sita is there. ¬þú·þþ ·þ°þ ‚¹¬·þ|
47.He throws Ram's ornament from the tree. _"# ZpX"_Y" ìpW"ZNpz \"wb"pO"o {b"T"{O"$
48.Sita looks at Aanjaneya. _"rO"p ìpIG"S"uY"z T"ðY"{O"$
49.Aanjaneya tells her, " I am Ram's messenger. ìpIG"S"uY"# O"_Y"v @¡P"Y"{O", "ì`z
ZpX"_Y" QmO"#$
50.That ornament is His. O"O"o ìpW"ZNpz O"_Y" ì[_O"$
Level 1 - Month 3 Lessons 14-17D 116/118
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 3
51. Now we are going from here." ìR"sS"p ìp\"pX"o òO"# BpEF>p\"#$"
52.Sita says, "No, I am waiting here. ¬þú·þþ ¨þ¸¹·þ , " ›þ, ‚−Ÿþà ‚°þ ¹·þ«Úþ¹Ÿþ |
53.When my husband comes to Lanka, then i am going to Ayodhya with Him." Y"Qp
X"X" T"{O"# “Š¡pX"o ìpBpEF>{O" , O"Qp ì`z O"uS" _"` ìY"puRY"pz BpEF>p{X"$
54.Ram also comes to Lanka with Lakshman and (his) friends. ZpX"# ì{T" “bX"NpuS"
_"` {X"e"v# _"` E" “Š¡pX"o ìpBpEF>{O"$
55.Ram's friends are Aanjaneya, Sugreeva, Vibhishana, monkeys and bears.
ZpX"_Y" {X"e"p{Np ìpIG"S"uY"#, _"sBpør\"#, {\"W"r^"Np#, \"pS"Zp#, W"„½@¡p# E" _"[SO"$
56.War happens. Y"s«z W"\"{O"$
57.Ram throws arrows from (his) hand. ZpX"# `_O"pO"o V"pNppS"o {b"T"{O"$
58.Raavan does not live. Zp\"Np# S" G"r\"{O"$
59.The army conquers Lanka. _"uS"p “Š¡pz G"Y"{O"$
60.Ram goes towards Sita. ZpX"# _"rO"pz T"ø{O" BpEF>{O"$
61. He speaks to her with kind and gentle words. ¬þ: ·þþ¿ ¹œÏ¡þ¨þþÆ¡ø›þ ¨þ¸¹·þ|
62.Sita feels happy. _"rO"p _"sA"X"o ìS"sW"\"{O"$
63.Sita comes to Ayodhya with Ram. _"rO"p ZpX"uNp _"` ìY"puRY"pX"o ìpBpEF>{O"$
64.They live with happiness. O"pv _"sA"uS" G"r\"{O"$
Refer to Lesson 7A as to why ·þù has been used.
**************
Summing up Month 3.
By the end of the third month you would have achieved the following...
• Memorized £þŸþ, ¨þ›þ, Ÿþþ¥þþ, ·þ¸Ã and ïO"Qo ( all three genders) and
know without a doubt which vibhakti performs what function.
• Be able to recall rules that have been supplied with the introduction
of each vibhakti. For example, ›þŸþ: goes with E"0 ¹¨þ0 etc.
• Added a further 64 words to your vocabulary...which makes it a grand
total of 200 words!
• Realized that our Subhashita section must not be
ignored...Subhashitas provide us with an accurate representation of
how Sanskrit is written. As and when we memorize them, parts of
those Subhashitas can be used in regular conversations and
compositions. Many new words are introduced in that section which
may not be repeated in our lessons.( How else, my dears, do i make
sure that you are reading them?!)
And now we march into Month 4 !
**************
Almost through with our vibhaktis! This is one of the most simplest one to
understand. The ¬þ 0¹¨þ0 tells you the location of an object... whether the cat
is sitting on or in the refrigerator.
A few sentences now to give you a fair idea on how the ¬þ0¹¨þ0 is used :
Bpw`u G"S"p# \"_"[SO"$ People stay in the house.
O"[_X"S"o T"s_O"@u¡ T"e"p{Np _"[SO"$ There are pages in that book.
ïO"[_X"S"o \"wb"u A"Bpp# íT"{\"ðp[SO"$ Birds are sitting on this tree.
¬þŸéͽ Ÿþ·¬¡þþ: ·þ£¹›·þ | Fishes (is the plural of fish, fish or fishes? Send in
your answers to "Bewildered Sanskrit Teacher too lazy to check her Wren and
Martin.") swim in the sea.
¬þŸéͽ«é Ÿþ·¬¡þþ: ·þ£¹›·þ | Fish/fishes (?) swim in the seas.
‚−Ÿþà ‚¡þøš¡þþ¡þþ¿ ›þ ¨þ¬þþ¹Ÿþ | I do not live in Ayodhya.
¨þþ›þ£¡þø: œþ°þþ¹µþ œþ·þ¹›·þ | Leaves fall on the two monkeys.
The ¬þ0¹¨þ0 governs the most wonderful emotion known to man...love.
\Y"G"S" fan N
íOT"r{K>@¡p Table F
ˆÅœþþÙ Cupboard N
œø¹ÙˆÅþ Suitcase F
X"IE" bed M
T"pE"@¡ Pressure
Cooker/ also a cook! M
_"ŒNp@¡ Computer M
E"^"@¡ glass ( what you
drink from.)M
@s¡Js>XV" family N
T"øpO"#@¡p“ morning M
Ÿþš¡þþí›þ afternoon M
¬þþ¡þ¿ˆÅþ¥þ evening M
¹¸›þ day N
¹›þªþþ night.F
\Y"G"S" fan N
íOT"r{K>@¡p Table F
ˆÅœþþÙ Cupboard N
œø¹ÙˆÅþ Suitcase F
X"IE" bed M
T"pE"@¡ Pressure
Cooker/ also a cook! M
_"ŒNp@¡ Computer M
E"^"@¡ glass ( what you
drink from.)M
@s¡Js>XV" family N
T"øpO"#@¡p“ morning M
Ÿþš¡þþí›þ afternoon M
¬þþ¡þ¿ˆÅþ¥þ evening M
¹¸›þ day N
¹›þªþþ night.F
24.I write on it, " I am a goblin. This is my house." ì`z O"_X"S"o {“A"p{X" , " ì`z \"uO"p“#|
ïO"Qo X"X" Bpw`X"o |
25.This family is living in my house. ïO"Qo @s¡Js>XV"z X"X" Bpw`u \"_"{O"$
26.Therefore I am troubling the family's people ìO"# ì`z @s¡Js>XV"_Y" G"S"pS"o T"rL>Y"p{X"$
27.My mother thinks that there is a goblin in the house. X"X" X"pO"p {E"SO"Y"{O" Y"O"o Bpw`u
\"uO"p“# ì[_O"$
28.She is scared of goblins. _"p \"uO"p“uWY"# W"Y"X"o ìS"sW"\"{O"$
29.My father thinks that there are no goblins in the house. X"X" {T"O"p {E"SO"Y"{O" Y"O"o Bpw`u
\"uO"p“p# S" _"[SO"$
30.When my mother is in the kitchen at night, then he waits in his room. Y"Qp X"X"
X"pO"p {S"ðppY"pz T"p@¡Bpw`u ì[_O" O"Qp _"# O"_Y" @¡puÎ>u {O"Î>{O"$
31. I go to his room and take his books. ì`z O"_Y" @¡puÎ>z BpEF>p{X" O"_Y" T"s_O"@¡p{S" S"Y"p{X" E"$
32.I put them on his bed. ì`z O"p{S" X"IE"u _P"pT"Y"p{X"$
33.My father catches the goblin with his hands and gives her to his wife. X"X" {T"O"p
`_O"pWY"pz \"uO"p“z R"Z{O", O"pz E" O"_Y" W"pY"pêY"v Y"EF>{O"$
34.My father tells his goblin that when goblins trouble people in the house, then
fathers hit those goblins with sticks. X"X" {T"O"p O"_Y" \"uO"p“pY" @¡P"Y"{O" Y"O"o Y"Qp Bpw`u \"uO"p“p#
G"S"pS"o T"rL>Y"[SO" O"Qp G"S"@¡p# O"pS"o \"uO"p“pS"o QNL>v# O"pL>Y"[SO"$
35.I tell my father that this goblin is not troubling the family. ì`z X"X" G"S"@¡pY"
@¡P"Y"p{X" Y"O"o ï^"# \"uO"p“# @s¡Js>XV"z S" T"rL>Y"{O"$
36.My father and my mother laugh. X"X" {T"O"p X"X" X"pO"p E" `_"O"#$
37.They are not angry with the goblin. O"pv \"uO"p“pY" S" @s¡TY"O"#$
38.They love the goblin. ·þù ¨ø·þþ¥ø ¹¬›þàþ·þ:|
39.I love my family too. ì`X"o ì{T" X"X" @s¡Js>XV"u [_S"åp{X"$
****************
My face is aching with smiling so much. The Cheshire Cat in "Through the
Looking Glass, " couldn't have smiled any wider. With today's lesson, we are
absolutely, completely and irrevocably through with our vibhaktis!!!! ( Any
ideas on how we may celebrate this momentous event? Send in your
suggestions to "Purr-fectly Content Sanskrit Teacher at
[email protected] )
The _"XV"puR"S" is the form of word you use when you address someone.
so we have," −½ £þŸþ, don't bug me."
" V"p{“@u¡Å, if you don't finish what's on your plate, there will be no television
for a week."
" ‚š¡þþœþˆÅ, whatever you have just said has gone completely over my head!"
Now it's no fun calling out to someone if you can't command or request him to
do something for you. And so my dears, today you shall be introduced to the
¥þøÙà ¥þˆÅþ£ (‚þ±þþ˜þÄ , The imperative mood.)
New Concept:
Let me first put forward the verb table of the ¥þøÙà ¥þˆÅþ£ | As usual, ŠþŸþÃ
will be our standard verb for all references. i will introduce all verb forms
with the šþþ·é first and then with the changed form of the verb that must be
used in the bracket. For example, ŠþŸþÃ (BpEF>o) | All you have to do is add the
correct œÏ·¡þ¡þ to the changed verb form (based on the table given in today's
lesson), to match the subject. When you pick words from the ŠþŸþÃ (BpEFo>)
¥þøÙà ¥þˆÅþ£ table, you can use them to command or request someone to do
something. Your tone of voice will help others decide whether you are being
bossy or polite.
The ¥þøÙà ¥þˆÅþ£, at first glance, seems easy enough. But as is usual with a
new concept, it can get tricky without proper explanations. Long explanations,
and we'll have trouble downloading the lesson onto our hard discs. To prevent
this, i'll introduce the ¥þøÙÃ in two phases...Lesson 20, Level 1. AND Lesson 20,
Level 2. This week, we will have only buffet exercises and some memorizing.
Memory work is necessary. We have spent years memorizing the
multiplication tables and look how simple calculations have become. Similarly,
we need to spend some part of our day with the vibhaktis and with verbs to
make things easy for ourselves. i will set you a fixed group of memory work to
be done each week.
For those of you who find memorizing intimidating, please keep the
supplement section handy for quick reference.
*****************
form of the šþþ·é " W"t " ; meaning "to be" and is a verb.
Now let us look at a combination of this W"\"pS"o and W"\"O"r with the _"XV"puR"S"|
Ram has come home. I'd like him to drink some water. I offer him some water
and say, " ZpX", O\"z G"“z {T"V"$" Skip the ·¨þ¿ , the sentence becomes "
ZpX",G"“z {T"V"$" The {T"V" þ lets you know that £þŸþ is younger than i am OR
even though my age or older, so close to me that i feel comfortable with the
usage of ·¨þ¿ when talking to him.
If the same Ram were to come to my home, i may say, " ZpX", W"\"pS"o G"“z
{T"V"O"s$" OR "ZpX", G"“z {T"V"O"s$" This lets you know that Ram is someone i
respect....he could be younger, my age or older.......it doesn't matter...by the
use of {T"V"O"s, i have conveyed respect. Go back to our Lesson 13. Welcome
Level 1 - Month 4 lessons 18-23 D 130/166
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 4
Trutiya, and go through the prayer picked from the {ðp\"@¡\"E"X"o$ Now you will
understand the form of the verb used. It is a request to the Lord and the
beauty about it is that there is no ·é at the verb's end which means that the
sadhaka feels close enough to the Lord to address Him as ·¨þŸþÃ |
There are many who refer to everyone, young and old as W"\"pS"o and W"\"O"r|
And there are just as many who prefer using the ·¨þŸþÃ group as well. The
choice is completely yours.
Interesting custom:
It is obvious that certain people will always be spoken to in the œÏ˜þŸþ œé²«þ .... one's
parents, teachers etc. So how does one address Param Poojya Swamiji?
Param Poojya Swamiji commands greater respect than ordinary folk and as such, will
be addressed in the T"øP"X" T"sà^" V"`l\"E"S" form " W"\"SO"#" So verb forms that match
the T"øP"X" T"sà^" V"`l\"E"S" must be used. For example , @w¡T"Y"p W"\"SO"# G"“z {T"V"SO"s$
For the moment we needn't know the complete tables of W"\"O"o and W"\"O"r|
We must get on with our understanding of the ¥þøÙÃ | But to help you with
translations in the exercises, here are the first vibhaktis of both.
W"\"O"o
œÏ˜þŸþþ. ¹¨þ. W"\"pS"o W"\"SO"pv W"\"SO"#
W"\"O"r
œÏ˜þŸþþ. ¹¨þ. W"\"O"r W"\"OY"pv W"\"OY"#
1. How does one use the „îþŸþ in a command or a request? i can hardly say
ì`z {T"V"p{S" and expect myself to order myself to drink. In the „îþŸþ, the
verb asks for permission...
ì`z @¡puÎ>u ìpBpEF>p{S" {@¡X"o ? May i come into the room?
ìp\"pz T"s_O"@¡X"o T"K>p\" {@¡X"o ? May the two of us read the book?
ì{T" \"Y"z {E"e"T"J>Bpw`z BpEF>pX" ? May all of us go to the cinema?
›þ. No.
Y"tY"z X"p BpEF>O"$ No, all of you may not go to the cinema. T"sS"# E" X"p
T"wEF>O"$ And don't ask me again!
œé›þ: is an ‚¨¡þ¡þ meaning "again." Ÿþþ
‚¨¡þ¡þ that is used to say
is an
"don't / no" as in a request or a command. The ›þ is used in a statement.
Some examples:
• ìðppu@¡, O"e" X"p BpEF>$
And he answers, S", ì`z S" BpEF>p{X"$
• If i say, "¹ªþ«¡þ, œþþÚ¿ œþÚ" ¹ªþ«¡þ, œþþÚ¿ œþÚ·é, " the meaning is
or "
clear enough.....i am speaking to the ¹ªþ«¡þ: and commanding him to study
. The ¹ªþ«¡þ is _"XV"puR"S" ï@¡\"E"S" and i may use either œþÚ or œþÚ·é ....
a point already discussed in Lesson 20, Level 1.
• What if i say, " ¹ªþ«¡þ: œþþÚ¿ œþÚ·é " ...what do i mean by it? i am
obviously not addressing the student, or else i would have used the word
¹ªþ«¡þ | And i cannot use the verb œþÚ because i am using a T"øP"X" T"sà^"
ï@¡\"E"S" form ---¹ªþ«¡þ: , therefore i MUST use œþÚ·é | Gettit? What i
am effectively doing is telling someone else to make sure that the
student is studying. i might say these words to a class monitor, asking
her to make sure that the student is studying while i go to the staff-
room and have a cup of much-longed-for coffee.
¹ªþ«¡þ: œþþÚ¿ œþÚ·é | Let the student study.
V"p“@¡p# íüpS"u +¡rL>SO"s$ Let the boys play in the garden.
V"p“@¡, íüpS"u +¡rL>$ Boy, play in the garden.
Clear?
Suffice to say, whenever you come across the word " Let", use the ¥þøÙÃ
¥þˆÅþ£ |
Over now to only Buffet exercises on Lessons 19 , 20( Level 1.) and 20 (Level
2.)
****************
5. I am reading a book.
6. May I read a book?
7. The teacher is speaking to the students.
8. Teacher, speak to the students.
9. Father is cooking food in the kitchen.( use G"S"@¡#)
10. Father, cook food in the kitchen.
11. All of us are dancing in the school.
12. May all of us dance in the school?
13. The two of you are looking at the bird.
14. The two of you, look at the bird.
15. The girls are coming from the village.
16. Girls, come from the village.
17. The two boys are crying.
18. ( Hey!) two boys, cry.
6. Read only. Simply understand the following passage.
Ÿþ¡ê£: A peacock.
X"Y"tZ# S"wOY"{O"$ @s¡e" S"wOY"{O"? X"Y"tZ# íüpS"u S"wOY"{O"$ @¡Qp S"wOY"{O"? _"pY"Š¡p“u
S"wOY"{O"$ O\"z X"Y"tZz T"ðY"$ O\"X"o íüpS"z BpEF>$ _"sSQZz X"Y"tZz T"ðY"$
words. AND HOW!!! ( To his credit ...he studied all existing grammar works
and in his own work, has very religiously and faithfully accounted other
grammarians' thoughts on the subject under discussion.)
He classified nouns depending on the gender and on what it ends with
T"s{„Œ,_e"r{“Œ, and a
..whether a vowel or a consonant. So we have a
those saying, " ì`z \"SQu," Both meant, " I am doing namaskaar" in the
present tense. (Just as the Badgis would say œþ§Á and the Tenkis E"può for the
word "look".....this may not be an accurate example of two separate verb
groups like the S"X"p{X" and \"SQu ..for to be absolutely honest, only a few
isolated words in Konkani are so different.....but it does give an idea of what
i'm trying to convey. Or at least, i hope it does! ) Traditionally, the ›þŸþþ¹Ÿþ
group of verbs are called œþ£¬Ÿùœþ¸ , henceforth referred to as P.P. and the
¨þ›¸½ group of verbs, ‚þ·Ÿþ›øœþ¸ , henceforth referred to as A.P.
Here is a preview of how the ‚þ·Ÿþ›øœþ¸ is conjugated in the present tense.
¨þ›¸Ã (¨þ›¸·ø -to do namaskaar )¥þÙà ¥þˆÅþ£
œé²«þ ‡ˆÅ¨þ þ›þ ¹×¨þ þ›þ þ−º¨þ þ›þ
Person Singular Dual Plural
Back to our story... Panini did not want to let a single verb disappear into
oblivion. So he put them all together and began to study them deeply. He
Level 1 - Month 4 lessons 18-23 D 138/166
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 4
started to look for similarities and then came across another mind-bender.
There were a few verbs that took both forms...for example W"G"o- worship,
which became both W"G"{O" and W"G"O"u, He named this group of verbs íW"Y"T"Q (
U.P.) . The P.P., and the A.P. and the U.P. put together would make the language
richer.
So far, in our lessons, i have only introduced to you the P.P. verbs. In the next
few lessons, now that you are aware that A.P. and U.P. verbs exist as well, we
will learn them all simultaneously. Piece of cake! Not to worry! Slow and
steady....we'll beat the tortoise yet!
When i know that i am the one doing the namaskaar or the worship, doesn't
it strengthen my personal involvement in the bhajan ?
Now you will understand the meaning of our National Song.... ¨þ›¸½ Ÿþþ·þ£Ÿþà ....
it is i who am doing namaskaar to my motherland. Before i began my study of
Sanskrit, i always thought that the national song had to be sung in a group.
Now i'm older and wiser...
P.P., A.P. and U.P.....Going through his treasure house of verbs, Panini noticed
how some verbs were conjugated very simply.... \"Qo - \"Q{O", T"Ko> - T"K>{O", A"pQo
- A"pQ{O", _"u\"o - _"u\"O"uto serve, “W"o - “W"O"u to obtain ....and some just went
bonkers and avatarofied into @¡P"o - @¡P"Y"{O", T"tG"o- T"tG"Y"{O" , or worse ìðpo -
ìðS"p{O" to eat.
Since he had already begun classifying, he decided to go all the way. What's
another ten groups or so?! The œþ£¬Ÿùœþ¸, the‚þ·Ÿþ›øœþ¸ and the íW"Y"T"Q
then got further classified into ten groups. The groups are called BpNp s .
All verbs that were conjugated similarly got put together into one BpNp.
Each BpNp contained P.P., A.P. and U.P. verbs. Those that were very simply
conjugated with the endings {O" or O"u or both, were put into the first BpNp .
Those that needed other letters like S"p ( which, by the way , are called
¹¨þˆÅ£µþ s .These ¹¨þˆÅ£µþ s are letters that are added in the middle of a
word ... after the R"pO"s and before the addition of the {O"
O"u ... like our
or
ìðpo - ìðS"p{O") were put into another. Those that needed an ìY" (another
¹¨þˆÅ£µþ), into still another....and so on and so forth till all the over 2000
verbs ( Yipes!!) that he had collected during his nationwide tour, fit snugly into
some category or the other.
Each BpNp was named after its most famous and thoroughly used R"pO"s . And
each BpNp had a set of rules which all the R"pO"s s in that BpNp faithfully followed.
Let's get into the BpNp and their names and other details at a later date. ( i
heard you say "Phew!"...don't deny it now!)
The whole idea was this: whenever some east district-ite visited a north
district-ite, and wanted to use a rare verb, he'd simply mention the name of
the BpNp to which his verb belonged and hey presto! every person knew how to
Level 1 - Month 4 lessons 18-23 D 141/166
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 4
conjugate the newly heard verb in its various tenses and moods....the “@¡pZs.
(There are ten of those too, but we need to be familiar with just five....the
present tense, the past tense, the future tense and the imperative and
potential mood. Thank you, Lord, for small mercies.)
And so will we. At least, for today. (Thought it was time that i put all my
cards on the table.) With Lesson 22, we will begin with the A.P. verbs in the
present tense...that is, if you are still with me.
Good News: We do not have to learn more than 2000 verbs! There are many
verbs that mean the same.....we can always use ¬þ: ‰þþ¸¹·þ instead of ¬þ:
‚ª›þþ¹·þ can't we?
Better news : With 1010 verbs in the first BpNp itself , we can find verbs to
describe just about any action in that one itself. So all we do is get friendly
with the 1st BpNp.
Better news (50-50): The 4th, the 6th and the 10th BpNp are also
conjugated like the 1st BpNp.
Almost But Not Quite Good News : Can't neglect that lot then.
Do i hear a," How in the world will i manage to handle all this?"
Cast that thought outta your minds-
It'll be a breeze, you'll see!
For why do you worry, my dear dear one,
When, ‚°þ ‚−Ÿþà ‚¹¬Ÿþ?!!
Trust all of you have survived the shock of knowing what is now in store for
you. Now some pleasant news....Lesson 21 is the stage from which we begin
Level 2 of our ongoing study of Sanskrit. To all of you who have clicked onto
this lesson, a very warm welcome!
From now onwards, along with the verbs, you will be introduced to the Šþµþ to
which it belongs as well. For example,
1. ŠþŸþÃ (BpEFo> 1. P.P. to go.);
Note 1: In the first two cases, the changed form of the šþþ·é is used in the
verb forms. The usable form has therefore been given in brackets. In the
third case, the original šþþ·é is used in the verb form and therefore the need
to repeat it does not arise. This style is THE style that is adopted in all texts,
dictionaries etc.
Note 2: The A.P. table has already been given in Lesson 21 A. Please refer to
it whenever necessary. The rules that you have been following with the P.P.
remain the same for the A.P. and the U.P. The subject MUST agree with the
verb form. ALWAYS. No altercations. EVER.
The 1st, 4th, 6th and the 10th Šþµþ s are conjugated similarly. You have been
doing this quite naturally the last three months, albeit without knowing the
rules.
• {E"SO"o for example, is a U.P. and from the 10th Šþµþ, the E"sZp{QBpNp |
{E"SO"o (10 U.P. to think.) It can be conjugated as both, {E"SO"Y"{O" and
{E"SO"Y"O"u| It has been put into the 10th Šþµþ because of the addition of
the ¹¨þˆÅ£µþ, ‚¡þ | The ·þà of the {E"SO"o joins with the ‚ of the ‚¡þ
• Now a look at examples from the 1st. The W\"p{QBpNp | The ¹¨þˆÅ£µþ is
‚ |Therefore, ŠþŸþÃ (BpEFo> 1. P.P. to go.); ¸þ (Y"EFo> 1. P.P. to give.) ;
œþÚà (1. P.P. to read or study.) very simply become BpEF>{O",Y"EF>{O" and
T"K>{O" | ¬ø¨þÃ ( 1. A.P. to serve) becomes ¬ø¨þ·ø |
• The ¹¨þˆÅ£µþ for the 4th, the ¹¸¨þþ¹¸Šþµþ ,is ¡þ | Therefore, ›þ¼·þà (4
P.P. to dance) becomes ›þ¼·þÃ + ¡þ + ¹·þ = ›þ¼·¡þ¹·þ | If it were 10. P.P. it
would become ›þ¼·þ¡þ¹·þ , gottitt?????
G"S"o (G"p , 4. A.P. to generate/ produce) becomes G"pY"O"u |
• The ¹¨þˆÅ£µþ for the 6th, ·é¸þ¹¸Šþµþ , is also ‚.
¹¥þ‰þÃ (6 P.P. to write.) Therefore the verb becomes ¹¥þ‰þ¹·þ |
¹âþœþà (6 U.P. to throw.) Therefore the verb becomes ¹âþœþ¹·þ or ¹âþœþ·ø|
Once you have had a chance at figuring out how to arrive at your verb form
by knowing how it is classified, an entire new world opens up! If you needed
another Sanskrit word for " to think," the dictionary would tell you, Ÿþ›þÃ (
4.A.P.) and you would instantly come up with a Ÿþ›¡þ·ø | Isn't it
wonderful??!!
Let's concentrate on the 1st, 4th, 6th and the 10th. conjugations.
The Buffet and the Banquet are at your service.
Those abroad can plan on buying these " Necessary items to be added to
already overfull bookshelves, " on your next trip to India. They are wonderful
keys to help unlock the mystery that is Sanskrit!
*****************
Trip up alert:
Just as the present tenses of the P.P. and the A.P. are different, so are the
imperative moods. Since we have not done the imperative mood of the A.P., you
will need to use the P.P. wherever necessary.
11. He obtains wealth from the rich man. _"# R"{S"@¡pO"o R"S"z “W"O"u |
13. The two of us jump from the tree onto the ground (earth). ìp\"pz \"wb"pO"o
@t¡Qpê\"`u \"_"sSR"ZpY"pX"o$
14. The two of you are looking at the pictures . Y"s\"pz {E"e"p{Np òêb"P"u$
C. 1. X"pG"êo (10. U.P. to wipe clean) X"pG"êY"{O" , X"pG"êY"O"u That is why a cat is
Trip up alert:
Just as the present tenses of the P.P. and the A.P. are different, so are the
imperative moods. Since we have not done the imperative mood of the A.P.,
you will need to use the P.P. wherever necessary.
the milk to the boy. The boy obtains the milk. The shopkeeper obtains
wealth.
2. Look at the clouds in the sky, Sudha. Look at the rain! It is falling on
the leaves. The leaves are trembling. The rain is falling on the earth.
When I hear the thunder, then I think that the earth is trembling
too. I look towards the sky. When the rain falls on my face, then i am
happy. Sudha, are you happy too?
3. The boy falls into the lake from the boat. The boy is afraid of the
water. He is not swimming. The man sees the boy. He jumps into the
lake. He swims towards the boy. He holds him with his hand. He does
not let go of the boy's hand. He saves him.
4. Radha, come to the garden. Sit here. Look at the trees. There are
trees everywhere in the garden. Creepers grow in the garden too.
Flowers are growing on the trees and creepers. Look at flowers,
Radha, do not look at the people.
5. The teacher speaks. The students do not listen. They are speaking
too. The teacher is angry with the students but they are not afraid of
him.
i assume that my Banquetites do the Buffet lessons as well. Don't miss the B
and C sections of Buffet Lesson 22 A.
***************
Look, Madhav, do you see the boy in this picture? T"ðY" X"pR"\", ì{T" O\"z
Y"pE"O"u$
Here, in this picture, the shopkeeper is giving the milk to the boy. ìe",
2. Look at the clouds in the sky, Sudha. ¬éšø, ‚þˆÅþªø Ÿø‹þþ›þà œþª¡þ !
Look at the rain! ¨þ«þþô œþª¡þ !
It is falling on the leaves. ¬þþ œþ°ø«é œþ·þ¹·þ |
The leaves are trembling. T"e"p{Np @¡XT"SO"u$
The rain is falling on the earth. ¨þ«þþÄ ¨þ¬é›šþ£þ¡þþ¿ œþ·þ¹·þ |
When I hear the thunder, then I think that the earth is trembling too.
Y"Qp ì`z X"uC"BpG"êS"X"o ìp@¡NpêY"p{X", O"Qp ì`z {E"SO"Y"p{X" Y"O"o \"_"sSR"Zp
ì{T" @¡XT"O"u$
I look towards the sky. ì`X"o ìp@¡pðpz T"ø{O" òêb"u$
When the rain falls on my face, then i am happy. ¡þ¸þ ¨þ«þþÄ ŸþŸþ Ÿé‰ø œþ·þ¹·þ
, ·þ¸þ ‚−¿ Ÿþø¸½ |
Sudha, are you happy too? _"sR"u, {@z¡ O\"X"o ì{T" X"puQ_"u?
3. The boy falls into the lake from the boat. V"p“@¡# S"pv@¡pY"p# _"Zpu\"Zu
T"O"{O"$
The boy is afraid of the water. V"p“@¡# G"“pO"o W"Y"X"o ìS"sW"\"{O"$
He is not swimming. ¬þ: ›þ ·þ£¹·þ |
The man sees the boy. S"Z# V"p“@¡X"o òêb"O"u$
He jumps into the lake. _"# _"Zpu\"Zu @t¡QêO"u$
An old man too is doing namaskaar to the Lord. ¨þ¼Ö: ‚¹œþ ¸½¨þ¿ ¨þ›¸·ø |
He asks for happiness. _"# _"sA"z Y"pE"O"u$
*************
With the addition of the "From Our Library " series, the Banquet Lessons
have been made shorter. Trust that that will be incentive enough to study all
the new words in the stories thoroughly!
B. Translate.
1. I am going to the library.
2. Give this gift to me.
3. Today, Sneha looks at me.
4. She is definitely coming with me to the garden.
5. My teacher says that I am an excellent student.
C. Match the columns. Pick a word from each of the columns to make a three
word sentence.
A B C
£þŸþ: Ÿþàþ¿ ¬¨þ:
¡é¨þþŸþà Ÿþ¹¡þ ¹¨þªþþ¥þŸþÃ
ýÖþ ‚þ¨þþ¿ ƒÄâþ·ø
Šþ¼−¿ ŸþþŸþà ‚¹¬·þ
F>pe"pv ŸþŸþ ˆºÅœ¡þ˜þ:
***********
B. Translate.
A B C
£þŸþ: Ÿþàþ¿ ¬¨þ:
¡é¨þþŸþà Ÿþ¹¡þ ¹¨þªþþ¥þŸþÃ
ýÖþ ‚þ¨þþ¿ ƒÄâþ·ø
Šþ¼−¿ ŸþþŸþà ‚¹¬·þ
F>pe"pv ŸþŸþ ˆºÅœ¡þ˜þ:
***********
Note: The sentences are either in the present tense or in the imperative
mood. They sound downright ridiculous in conversations. As we learn the
other tenses and moods, my sentences will sound far better. i promise.
A. Translate:
1. Pranav: Arre, Sudha, Ramesh, where are the two of you going?
Ramesh: We are going to the library, Pranav. You also come with us.
Pranav: Today is my friend's birthday. I am buying a gift for him
from the market. But definitely get me a book from the library.
Ramesh: I am bringing a book for my friend. Afterwards, take that
book from me.
Sudha: We are meeting again in our school for the purpose of
reading books. ( That will be just one word! Can you figure it out
without looking at the answers?)
Pranav: When our teachers look at us then they are thinking that
we are excellent students!
Sudha: But that is the truth! And the teachers' faith is in us.
Ramesh: Yes. My teacher tells me that from us the children of our
class obtain inspiration.
Sudha: Pranav, Ramesh, come to my house now. Let us drink tea.
Afterwards, Ramesh, you go to that friend's house and we are going
to the library.
Month 4 lessons 18-23 D 161/166
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2015
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 4
B. Recognize the following forms. One has been done for you.
Ÿþ·þà --- ‚¬Ÿþ¸Ã , T"IE"X"r {\"W"[×O" ï@¡\"E"S" --- from me.
1. ŸþàþŸþÃ
2. ‚¬Ÿþþ›þÃ
3. Ÿþ¹¡þ
4. ‚þ¨þ¡þø:
5. ŸþþŸþÃ
6. ‚¬Ÿþ·þÃ
7. ‚¬Ÿþþ¬é
8. ›þù
9. ŸþŸþ
10. ì_X"p{W"#
A. Translate:
1. Pranav: Arre, Sudha, Ramesh, where are the two of you going?
‚£½ ¬éšø, £Ÿøªþ, ¡é¨þþ¿ ˆºÅ°þ BpEF>P"# ?
Ramesh: We are going to the library, Pranav. You also come with us.
‚þ¨þþ¿ ŠÏ›˜þþ¥þ¡þ¿ BpEF>p\"#,œÏµþ¨þ |·¨þŸþà ‚¹œþ ìp\"pWY"pz ¬þ− ìpBpEF>|
Pranav: Today is my friend's birthday. ‚Ôþ,ŸþŸþ ¹Ÿþ°þ¬¡þ
G"SX"{Q\"_"#|
I am buying a gift for him from the market. ‚−¿ ·þ¬Ÿù „œþ−þ£ŸþÃ
‚þœþµþþ·þà ÇÅúµþþ¹Ÿþ |
But definitely get me a book from the library. œþ£›·é ‚¨þª¡þ¿ Ÿþàþ¿
BpøSP"p“Y"pO"o T"s_O"@¡X"o ìpS"Y" |
Ramesh: I am bringing a book for my friend. ŸþŸþ ¹Ÿþ°þþ¡þ T"s_O"@¡X"o
ì`X"o ìpS"Y"p{X"| Afterwards, take that book from me. ·þ¸›þ›·þ£¿ Ÿþ·þÃ
O"O"o T"s_O"@z¡ ›þ¡þ |
Sudha: We are meeting again in our school for the purpose of
reading books ¨þ¡þŸþà ‚¬Ÿþþˆ¿Å ¹¨þÔþþ¥þ¡ø T"s_O"@¡T"K>S"pY" œé›þ: ¹Ÿþ¥þþŸþ:
|
Pranav: When our teachers look at us then they are thinking that
we are excellent students! ¡þ¸þ ‚¬ŸþþˆÅŸþà ‚š¡þþœþˆÅþ: ‚¬Ÿþþ›þÃ
òêb"SO"u O"Qp O"u {E"SO"Y"SO"u Y"O"o \"Y"X"o íf"X"p# F>pe"p# !
Sudha: œþ£›·é ·þ·þà ¬þ·¡þŸþÃ!
But that is the truth!
And the teachers' faith is in us. ‚š¡þþœþˆÅþ›þþ¿ ¹¨þæþþ¬þ: E" ‚¬Ÿþþ¬é
‚¹¬·þ|
7. The lion looks at the two of us. ¹¬þ¿−: ›þù / ‚þ¨þþŸþà ƒÄâþ·ø | He is not
afraid of us. ¬þ:
ìp\"pWY"pz W"Y"z S" ìS"sW"\"{O" |
8. I have two girls. ŸþŸþ/ Ÿø V"p{“@u¡ _O"# |
“W"O"u|
B. Recognize the following forms. One has been done for you.
Ÿþ·þà --- ‚¬Ÿþ¸Ã , T"IE"X"r {\"W"[×O" ï@¡\"E"S" --- from me.
1. ŸþàþŸþà ----‚¬Ÿþ¸Ã , E"O"sP"rê {\"W"[×O" ï@¡\"E"S" --- for me.
Month 4 lessons 18-23 D 164/166
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2015
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 4
2. ‚¬Ÿþþ›þà ---‚¬Ÿþ¸Ã ,
{ŸO"rY"p {\"W"[×O" V"`l\"E"S" --- us :object
3. Ÿþ¹¡þ ---‚¬Ÿþ¸Ã , _"TO"X"r {\"W"[×O" ï@¡\"E"S" --- in me.
4. ‚þ¨þ¡þø: ---‚¬Ÿþ¸Ã , «þ«Úú / _"TO"X"r {\"W"[×O" {Ÿ\"E"S" --- of the
the two of us, in the two of us.
5. ŸþþŸþà ---‚¬Ÿþ¸Ã ,{ŸO"rY"p {\"W"[×O" ï@¡\"E"S" --- me : object.
6. ‚¬Ÿþ·þà ---‚¬Ÿþ¸Ã , T"IE"X"r {\"W"[×O" V"`l\"E"S" --- from us.
7. ‚¬Ÿþþ¬é ---‚¬Ÿþ¸Ã , _"TO"X"r {\"W"[×O" V"`l\"E"S" --- in us.
8. ›þù ---‚¬Ÿþ¸Ã , {ŸO"rY"p/ E"O"sP"rê / «þ«Úú {\"W"[×O" {Ÿ\"E"S" --- two of
us: object, for two of us, two of ours.
9. ŸþŸþ ---‚¬Ÿþ¸Ã , «þ«Úú
{\"W"[×O" ï@¡\"E"S" --- mine.
10. ì_X"p{W"# ---‚¬Ÿþ¸Ã , O"wO"rY"p {\"W"[×O" V"`l\"E"S" --- by all of us.
******************
Summing up of Month 4.
By the end of the 4th month you would have achieved the following:
2. All the vibhaktis having been completed; the masculine, neuter and the
feminine noun forms - £þŸþ, ¨þ›þ and Ÿþþ¥þþ would have been memorized.
Ditto with all pronouns that have already been introduced.
3. Learnt the imperative mood ¥þøÙà ¥þˆÅþ£ of the P.P. and know how to
use it.
4. Know that verbs could be P.P., A.P. or U.P. and be able to differentiate
between the P.P. and A.P.
6. Have learnt how to conjugate present tense verb forms of the 1st,
4th, 6th and the 10th Ganas.
11. Well settled and comfortable with the lessons and looking forward to
Month 5!
**********
QmZW"p^"p+¡X"pŠ¡
telephone number M
_"XW"p^"Np
conversation N
E"E"pê discussion F
@¡pu^" pocket M
œé£ø¹−·þ priest M
Note: Y"{Q and O"{`ê are used in combination in a sentence just like
'neither-nor', 'either-or' etc.
A. Translate:
1. I am going to the bank.
2. I see you there.
3. I ask you for money. ( Use Y"pE"o 1. A.P. to beg/ to ask for. Both ,
what you ask for and whom you ask it of, fall into the ¹×·þú¡þþ
{\"W"[×O"|)
4. You give me money.
5. I give you my telephone number.
6. From you I get your telephone number.
7. By telephone, our conversation happens. ( oh, dear.)
8. We are meeting in the restaurant for a meal.
9. There, our discussion is also happening.
Level 1 - Month 5 lessons 24-27 B 167/190
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 5
10. Afterwards, if i have faith in you, only then i am giving you money .
****************
Y"EF>p{X"$
6. From you I get your telephone number. ·¨þ·þÃ ‚−¿ ·þ¨þ
QmZW"p^"p+¡X"pŠz¡ “W"u|
7. By telephone, our conversation happens. QmZW"p^"uNp ì_X"p@z¡
_"XW"p^"Npz W"\"{O"|
8. We are meeting in the restaurant for a meal. W"puG"S"pY" ‚þ¨þþŸþÃ
„œþþ−þ£Šþ¼−½ ¹Ÿþ¥þþ¨þ:|
9. There, our discussion is also happening. O"e" ‚¬Ÿþþˆ¿Å E"E"pê ‚¹œþ
W"\"{O"|
10. Afterwards, if i have faith in you, only then i am giving you money.
·þ¸›þ›·þ£¿ ¡þ¹¸ ŸþŸþ ¹¨þæþþ¬þ: ·¨þ¹¡þ ‚¹¬·þ, ·þ¹−Ä ‚−¿ O"sWY"z šþ›þ¿
Y"EF>p{X"|
QmZW"p^"p+¡X"pŠ¡
telephone number M
_"XW"p^"Np
conversation N
E"E"pê discussion F
@¡pu^" pocket M
œé£ø¹−·þ priest M
Note: Y"{Q and O"{`ê are used in combination in a sentence just like
'neither-nor', 'either-or' etc. (s= singular, d=dual, p=plural.)
Note: Words in red - new sentence construction. Check out the answers if
you need help.
QmZW"p^"uNp W"p^"_"u|
You ask him. O\"z O"z T"wEF>{_" |
Your father tells you( s)," Go to the bank. O"\" G"S"@¡# O"sWY"z @¡P"Y"{O",
"¹¨þîþˆÅø«þ¿ BpEF>|
The bank is not very far from the shop.¹¨þîþˆÅø«þ: ìpT"NppO"o ›þ ‚¹·þ¸»£ŸþÃ|
The temple's priest sees all of you. ¸½¨þþ¥þ¡þ¬¡þ œé£ø¹−·þ: ¡é«Ÿþþ›þà ƒÄâþ·ø |
There are flowers on the feet of the Lord.¸½¨þ¬¡þ œþþ¸¡þø: œé«œþþ¹µþ ¨þ·þÄ›·ø|
He gives all of you those flowers. ¬þ: O"p{S" œé«œþþ¹µþ Y"s^X"WY"z Y"EF>{O"|
From you(p), the priest receives money. ¡é«Ÿþ·þà œé£ø¹−·þ: šþ›þ¿ “W"O"u|
He puts it in the box. ¬þ: O"O"o œø¹ÙˆÅþ¡þþ¿ _P"pT"Y"{O"|
Your (p) money is for the Lord. ¡é«Ÿþþˆ¿Å šþ›þ¿ ¸½¨þþ¡þ|
In all of you is faith. ¡é«Ÿþþ¬é ýÖþ ¨þ·þÄ·ø|
The Lord is pleased. ¸½¨þ: Ÿþø¸·ø|
******************
íT"_"Bpê s are prefixes. They are added to the beginning of a root word and
affect the roots and their meanings in several ways. They are extremely
popular in Sanskrit and you will find them invited to join a root word at the
drop of a hat.
There are 22 íT"_"Bpê s in Sanskrit. The technical term for them is " œÏþ¹¸ ."
Their functions could be any of the following.
1. To change the meaning of the root.
ŠþŸþÃ BpEF>{O" to go ; ‚þ + ŠþŸþÃ ìpBpEF>{O" to come.
2. To support or substantiate a particular meaning.
à`o Zpu`{O" = to climb up. ‚þ + Zpu`{O" = ìpZpu`{O" to climb up.
3. To emphasize the original meaning.
šþþ¨þà šþþ¨þ¹·þ to run œÏ + šþþ¨þà œÏšþþ¨þ¹·þ to run fast.
• Some roots change their T"Q with the addition of certain íT"_"Bpê
íT"_"Bpê Root Original T"Q Changed T"Q
_"X"o,ì\",T"ø,{\" _P"p P.P. {O"Î>{O" becomes A.P.
ì\"{O"Î>O"u
_"X"o BpX"o P.P. BpEF>{O" becomes A.P.
_"X"BpEF>O"u
{\",T"Zp {G" P.P. G"Y"{O" becomes A.P.
T"ZpG"Y"O"u
{\",ìp,T"qZ ZX"o A.P. ZX"O"u becomes P.P.
ìpZX"{O"
Interesting fact: íT"_"Bpê s are very generous. They give themselves away
willingly. Two or more can be added quite happily to a root word. For
example, ¬þŸþà +‚¹šþ +ŠþŸþà =¬þŸþ¹šþŠþ Ž ¹·þ = to go towards together; to go
completely over; surpass.
mean. Note how sometimes the same íT"_"Bpê can convey two completely
separate and different ideas. ( We are getting better at sighing longer
drawn out sighs, aren't we!)
4. _"X"o = together, very much. (‚›·þ = end. ¬þŸþ›·þ =having the ends
10. QlZo = difficult. (“W"o = obtain Ql“êW"o = difficult to obtain.) ì`z QlBpêX"u
ì{T" ì{R"G"ÚT"{O"$
_"sT"E"{O"$
18. ì{W" = towards ( ÇÅ›¸Ã ÇÅ›¸¹·þ= cry. ì{W"+¡SQ{O" = shout at.)
And thus do we conclude today's lesson. The Read Only Series will not be
accompanied by exercises. No excuses then....there's enough time for
revising work done so far.
Till next week..... happy studying!
Is the horizon looking brighter? I just convert a root word, šþþ·é , into a
noun in the singular(ï@¡\"E"S",) object form (¹×·þú¡þþ {\"W"[×O") , add ˆÅ£ø¹Ÿþ (if
the subject is "I") and VOILA! I am doing namaskaar. I am doing talk. I am
doing thought. I am doing worship. Sounds absolutely ridiculous translated in
English, but in Sanskrit, it is the done thing. Acceptable too. Without a
doubt. Trust me. So, ‚−¿ š¡þþ¡þþ¹Ÿþ , becomes ‚−¿ š¡þþ›þ¿ ˆÅ£ø¹Ÿþ | Simple .
Your discovery today: šþþ·é s can be converted into a noun and a verb as well!
Your question today: Can šþþ·é s be converted into other thingamajiggees ?
My answer: Wait and watch!
There are millions of words we are already familiar with. We use them as
nouns every single day . ¬›þþ›þ,‚š¡þ¡þ›þ,W"G"S",W"puG"S",d\"Np,X"S"S",{E"SO"S",
¹›þ¹¸š¡þþ¬þ›þ,ªþ¡þ›þ,¥ø‰þ›þ,X"S"puZIG"S" ...so on and so forth. Just add the Ÿþà to
your noun , add the ˆÅ£ø¹Ÿþ ( only if you are using the @¡O"pêÄ , ‚−¿ of course )
and your sentence is ready.
Why didn't i tell you this before? There's a very important reason..... Much
as the ˆ¼Å R"pO"s simplifies sentence structures, it robs the language of its
sweetness if used too generously. How often can one use ˆÅ£ø¹Ÿþ and sound
like a scholar at the same time?! Therefore it's best to revert to the ˆ¼Å
šþþ·é only when you are unsure of a verb's conjugated forms.
This wonder šþþ·é ( 8. U.P.) shall now be revealed to you in all its glory in the
Supplement section . Just the ¥þÙÃ and ¥þøÙÃ today...the present tense and
the imperative mood...... Please refer to Supplement 11. Is it right in front
of you? Here goes......
How about a quick look at "things we do through the day list. That should
help you build many sentences of your own.
Note: These words are nouns and not verbs.
T"øu^"Npz @¡ZpuO"s @w¡T"Y"p an "other things you would like a Sanskrit word for" list
to me. We could start compiling a list and put it up in the Supplement
section....it would be very useful reference material.
Translate using the@w¡ R"pO"s with the words that have been underlined. With
the rest please make conjugated forms of the R"pO"s ,
O.K. so i cheated. i have put two or three sentences camouflaged in one. Old
habits die hard....will stick to just 10 sentences in my next lesson. i promise
Summing Up Month 5.
We have covered major study areas this month. By the end of the fifth
month, you would know
• How to decline and use the pronoun Y"s^X"Qo
• that upasargas, when added to the root word, can change, emphasize
or follow the meaning of a root word. Examples of upasargas + root
words have begun to appear in our "From Our Library" series.
• how the ¡þ¸Ã and ¹ˆÅŸþà are used.
• that trying to form sentences of your own is the only way to get
familiar with the usage of words...especially since Madame Sanskrit
Teacher( God bless her soul) has decided to give only 10 sentences for
translation each week( God bless her soul even more for that.)
• that the ˆ¼Å R"pO"s, if mastered, can help construct sentences when you
are not sure of how to conjugate verbs.
• that the "From Our Library" section builds your vocabulary and gives
you glimpses of how Sanskrit is spoken and written.
• that if you would make a list of words you would like to know Sanskrit
words for, shed your inhibitions and contact me, i could build a
wonderful dictionary of sorts especially for our study circle.
Everybody would benefit, don't you think? So start keying in.....
O.K. Month 6, here we come!
A few lessons ago, i had introduced to you the ¥þøÙà ¥þˆÅþ£ in the P.P.
¥þøÙà ¥þˆÅþ£ is the imperative mood.
Recall: verbs used in the imperative mood help you to express your thoughts
in the form of a command or a request, when used for others; and when used
for oneself, as permission to perform the action or as a wish expressed.
We've done a few exercises with the P.P. The A.P s are rather miffed at
being neglected. So before they throw up a real royal tantrum, TODAY IS
¥þøÙà ¥þˆÅþ£ A.P. TIME! ( All in capitals so that our A.P s can hear us loud
and clear and feel kindly towards us once again....)
Naturally, the lot are in our Supplement 12. There is one example from
each Šþµþ | Supplement 13 has the A.P. conjugations of the ˆ¼Å R"pO"s in both
the ¥þÙà and ¥þøÙà ¥þˆÅþ£| Have the section ready with you as you go
through your concept lesson and exercise.
One particularly beautiful prayer has a combination of both A.P. and P.P.
¥þøÙà ¥þˆÅþ£ verbs....
– ¬þ− S"p\"\"O"s | _"` S"pv W"sS"×O"s| ¬þ− ¨þú¡þô ˆÅ£¨þþ¨þ−¾ |
O"uG"_\"rS"p\"R"rO"X"_O"s X"p {\"{Ÿ^"p\"`v ||
– ªþþ¹›·þ: ªþþ¹›·þ: ªþþ¹›·þ:||
You'll recognize the word forms in both P.P. and in A.P. now.
The teacher and student both pray to the Lord.... Protect us both together,
may be both enjoy together. May we both grow strong together. May our
study be vigorous. May we not be unfriendly together.
And so, with that prayer in our hearts, let's move on.
5. Madhav, see that man. Follow him. Tell him that my book is in his bag.
Bring my book here.
6. Do the work quickly.
7. The enemy is defeated! Let the people rejoice!
8. The doctor tells the boy, " Bear the pain. Eat this medicine. With this
medicine , the pain is destroyed.”
9. Suresh, tell that beggar...."Go away from here. There is a rich man
there. Beg him for money . Do not come here again."
10. Arjun, fight. Do not sit here.
Level 1 - Month 6 lesson 28 – 31 B 192/207
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 6
1. The policeman tells the thief, " Do not steal again. Do work. Obtain
wealth. Then only are you not experiencing fear."
›þŠþ£-£âþˆÅ:E"puZpY" @¡P"Y"O"u ," œé›þ: Ÿþþ E"puZY"_\" | ˆÅþ¡þô ˆºÅ²«¨þ | šþ›þ¿
“W"_\"| O"Qp ï\" O\"z W"Y"z S" ìS"sW"\"{_"|
2. The father tells the boy, " Go to the ashram. Salute the teacher.
Serve him. Obtain his grace."
G"S"@¡# V"p“@¡pY" @¡P"Y"O"u, " ‚þýŸþ¿ BpEF> | ‚š¡þþœþˆ¿Å ›þŸþ | O"z ¬ø¨þ¬¨þ
| ·þ¬¡þ ‚›éŠÏ−¿ “W"_\" |"
9. Suresh, tell that beggar...."Go away from here. There is a rich man
there. Beg him for money . Do not come here again."
¬é£½ªþ, O"_X"v Y"pE"@¡pY" ˆÅ˜þ¡þ¬¨þ ....
" òO"# BpEF>| O"e" šþ¹›þˆÅ: {\"üO"u| O"z R"S"z Y"pE"_\" | ‚°þ œé›þ: Ÿþþ
ìpBpEF>|"
*****************
Supplement 17, deals with the ‚¬þà šþþ·é ....both the imperative mood AND
the past tense.
You will not require any instructions on how to use the verb forms. Just a
few examples should suffice for you to handle the exercise lesson 29 A.
¬þ: ŠÏþŸþŸþÃìBpEF>O"o | He went to the village.
Šþþ¡þˆÅþ: BprO"p{S" ‚Šþþ¡þ›þà | The singers sang songs.
O\"z U¡“X"o ì“W"P"p# | You obtained a fruit.
‚−¿ ‚š¡þþœþˆÅŸþà ‚¬ø¨ø | I served my teacher.
‚¬·é | Let it be so/ O.K.
All these verb forms are tremendously new..... there are quite a number of
them too in the 4 Supplements. Please do not worry about trying to
memorize them.
As you go over the Supplement section again and again, the conjugations will
automatically instill themselves in your mind. It's just a question of getting
accustomed to them, that's all. Keep forming sentences of your own...a
combination of a verb and a subject...for example, I ate( ‚−Ÿþà ‚‰þþ¸Ÿþà ),
She fell (¬þþ ‚œþ·þ·þà ), You played( ·¨þŸþà ‚ÇÅúÛ:) ...that will help you
remember the combinations much faster.
Since you will always have your Supplements to refer to, you need never fear
that you will go wrong. i still need to do a quick revision once in a while...hope
that serves as some consolation! Lots of love, to all of you.
Now over to the exercise section 29 A.
Fun information:
The word for yesterday is àþ¬þÃ ( More common, is its form àþ:) | Words for
days of the week and the names of the days of the week, will be fun to use.
Here goes.... Begin with today, then read upwards. Read today again, then go
downwards.
àþ: yesterday
‚Ôþ today
æþ: tomorrow
£¹¨þ¨þþ¬þ£: Sunday i can say " œÏœþ£æþ: ªþ¹›þ¨þþ¬þ£:" and i'll convey
¬þøŸþ¨þþ¬þ£: Monday the message that the day after the day after
tomorrow is Saturday !
X"Œ“\"p_"Z# Tuesday
àþ: X"Œ“\"p_"Z# would mean: Yesterday was
V"sR"\"p_"Z# Wednesday
Tuesday. See how the ‚¬þà šþþ·é needn't be used
Šé²¨þþ¬þ£: Thursday at all!
ªéÇŨþþ¬þ£: Friday Shall we try and use these words as well in
today's exercise?
ªþ¹›þ¨þþ¬þ£: Saturday
The Word bank is given below.
Translate:
1. I thought of a plan.
2. He swam in the lake.
3. The day before yesterday was Monday.
4. When I gave you a fruit yesterday, then you sat down on a chair and
ate it.
5. When Bharat saw Rama , he rejoiced.
6. The Kauravas and the Pandavas fought in Kurukshetra.
7. He told me that he saw me with Shobha in the restaurant yesterday.
8. I did my work very quickly.
9. We were friends, but we fought and now we do not speak amongst one
another. ( No, not difficult.....try it out!)
10. We bought milk from the market and later drank it. ( in times of
trouble, use the ˆ¼Å R"pO"s! )
1. I thought of a plan.
‚−¿ Y"puG"S"pX"o ì{E"SO"Y"X"o |
2. He swam in the lake.
¬þ: ¬þ£ø¨þ£½ ‚·þ£·þÃ |
3. The day before yesterday was Monday.
œþ£àþ: ¬þøŸþ¨þþ¬þ£: ‚þ¬þú·þà |
4. When I gave you a fruit yesterday, then you sat down on a chair and
ate it.
àþ: ¡þ¸þ ‚−¿ O"sWY"z ûÅ¥þŸþà ìY"EF>X"o, ·þ¸þ ·¨þŸþà ‚þ¬þ›¸½ ‚¬þú¸: ·þ·þÃ
E" ‚‰þþ¸: |
5. When Bharat saw Rama , he rejoiced.
¡þ¸þ W"ZO"# £þŸþŸþà ‚œþª¡þ·þà , ¬þ: ‚Ÿþø¸·þ |
6. The Kauravas and the Pandavas fought in Kurukshetra.
ˆÅù£¨þþ: œþþµÛ¨þþ: E" ˆºÅ²âø°ø ìY"sRY"SO" |
7. He told me that he saw me with Shobha in the restaurant yesterday.
¬þ: ŸþàþŸþà ì@¡P"Y"O"o ¡þ·þà àþ: ¬þ: Ÿþþ¿ ðppuW"Y"p ¬þ− „œþþ−þ£Šþ¼−½
‚œþª¡þ·þÃ|
8. I did my work very quickly.
‚−¿ ŸþŸþ ˆÅþ¡þô ªþú‹ÏŸþà ‚ˆÅ£¨þŸþà |
9. We were friends, but we fought and now we do not speak amongst one
another.
¨þ¡þ¿ ¹Ÿþ°þþ¹µþ ‚þ¬Ÿþ œþ£›·é ¨þ¡þŸþà ‚¡éš¡þþŸþ¹− ƒ¸þ›þì E" ¨þ¡þ¿ œþ£¬œþ£¿ ›þ
¨þ¸þŸþ:|
10. We bought milk from the market and later drank it.
¨þ¡þŸþà ìpT"NppO"o ¸ºŠšþ¬¡þ ÇÅ¡þµþŸþà ‚ˆºÅŸþÄ ìS"SO"Zz O"X"o ì{T"V"pX"$
Here's a riddle: In how many different ways can you express your thoughts?
And here's my answer: Two. The complicated style and the simple style.
The complicated style:
• " I want food. Therefore I go into the kitchen.",
The simple style:
• "I go into the kitchen to eat food ( for the purpose of eating food.)"
Do you not think that the second sounds better? Well, you can put that
'easy on the ear' sentence in different ways.
1. When the word ‚˜þÄŸþà is attached to a noun, the newly formed avyaya
conveys the meaning.. for the purpose of. For example...
• W"puG"S"pP"êX"o ‚−¿ œþþˆÅŠþ¼−¿ BpEF>p{X"| I go into the kitchen to eat food.
I go into the kitchen for the purpose of eating food.
Instead of a long drawn out.... I want food. Therefore I go into the
kitchen ....‚−¿ W"puG"S"X"o òEF>p{X" | ìO"# ì`z T"p@¡Bpw`z BpEF>p{X"|
• ‚š¡þ¡þ›þþ˜þÄŸþà ‚−¿ œþþÚªþþ¥þþ¿ BpEF>p{X" | I go to school to study; I go
to school for the purpose of studying.
• ¬›þþ›þþ˜þô ¬þþ ¬þ£ø¨þ£¿ BpEF>p{X" | She goes to the lake to bathe; She
goes to the lake for the purpose of bathing.
Two verbs most frequently used along with these avyayas are
ƒ«þà (òEF>{O" ) want .......I want to drink water, I want to go to the garden
etc...
ªþˆÃÅ (ðp×S"pu{O") possible. It is not possible for me to drink cold water. It
is possible for me to read Sanskrit but not possible for me to speak it
fluently.....
Do you see now see how these verbs and the tumant avyayas form a team?
You already know how to conjugate the ƒ«þà (òEF>{O") want. ªþˆÃÅ is 5. P.P.
Let me give you just the present tense form of ªþˆÃÅ to help you form
sentences of your own.
ªþˆÃÅ 5.P.P. possible . ¥þÙà ¥þˆÅþ£ Present tense.
**********
Translate:
1. She brought a ladder to climb a tree.
2. The storyteller sat under a tree to tell a story to the people of the
village.
3. I brought flowers from the garden to worship God.
4. To hear the teacher's words, the student sat close to her.
5. Mother, to clean the table, brought ( a piece of) cloth.
6. The king to protect the people, sent soldiers outside the city to
fight.
7. It is not possible for me to eat this laddoo. ( Translate it as
‚−¿........... ›þ ªþÆ›þø¹Ÿþ )
8. I said to you the day before yesterday, " To obtain success in your
examinations, day and night studying is not necessary. ( how's that for
Indian English?...what i mean to say is ...it is not necessary to study all
day! )
9. To serve his Gurudev, the boy went to the ashram.
10. I want to write a letter in Sanskrit and I also want to speak in
Sanskrit.
8. I said to you the day before yesterday, " To obtain success in your
examinations, day and night studying is not necessary."
‚−¿ œþ£àþ: O\"pX"o ‚¨þ¸¿, "œþ£úâþþ¬é _"U¡“O"p “VR"sX"o , ‚−¹›þĪþ¿ œþÚ›þ¿ ›þ
‚þ¨þª¡þˆÅŸþà |
9. To serve his Gurudev, the boy went to the ashram.
Šé²¸½¨þ¿ _"u{\"O"sz, V"p“@¡# ‚þýŸþŸþà ìBpEF>O"o |
10. I want to write a letter in Sanskrit and I also want to speak in
Sanskrit.
‚−¿ _"z_@w¡O"W"p^"pY"pz T"e"z “u{A"O"sX"o òEF>p{X", _"z_"wO"W"p^"pY"pX"o ‚−¿ ¨þÆ·éŸþÃ
‚¹œþ òEF>p{X" E"|
|| {ðpÍ>pE"pZ# ||
Here are a few words that you can begin to use immediately. Every once in a
while, instead of a story, we can have " everyday stuff" ...what say you?
time, ƒ and òê@¡pZpSO" words have begun to crop up in our "From the
Library" series. It's time we move on, folks..
Supplement 19 will give you declension of ƒ (masculine, neuter, feminine)and
òê@¡pZpSO" (feminine)words.
Examples of masculine words are: −¹£ Vishnu, ˆÅ¹¨þ poet, ¡þ¹·þ sanyasin,
¬ø›þþœþ¹·þ T"øG"pT"{O" Brahma,
commander, £¹¨þ Sun, ˆÅ¹œþ monkey, Ÿé¹›þ ,
‚¹Š›þ Fire, ¹Šþ¹£ mountain, X"Zr{E" |
Examples of neuter words: ¨þþ¹£ water
Examples of feminine ò@¡pZpSO" words are: Ÿþ¹·þ intellect, ýº¹·þ Veda, W"t{X"
Earth, ‚ø«þ¹šþ medicine, ý½¹µþ class, @¡p[SO" shine, ªþþ¹›·þ peace, W"[×O"
If ever you come across a word and you wonder if it is masculine, feminine or
neuter, a dictionary will either say 'm' or' f' or 'n' . This should help you
with your declensions.
Examples of feminine òê@¡pZpSO" words are: ›þ¸ú river, ˆºÅŸþþ£ú a young girl,
Šþù£ú Gouri, ZG"S"r Night, ˆÅùŸé¸ú moonlight, ¬þ‰þú friend, œé°þú daughter,
¸þ¬þú servant, œé£ú town, ›þŠþ£ú town, ¨þþµþú speech, ¬þ£¬¨þ·þú Saraswati.
The rules remain identical...you just need to familiarize yourselves with the
declined words.
Exercise time!
Summing up Month 6.
Month 6 threw up plenty of new concepts. You would by now know:
• The Lotlakaar forms of the A.P., P.P. and the Kru. Dhatu.
• That the Kru. Dhatu is a real life saver and you can honestly relax on
the verb memorizing front.
• That life becomes more interesting if one has a past. ( Oh, dear... do
excuse me... i mean, if you know the past tense.)
• That the tumants simplify sentence structures enormously.
• that the Ravis, the Haris and the Nidhis are pretty thrilled now that
they know how to decline themselves.
Eureka! Now we know enough to begin writing simple letters to one another
in Sanskrit!
So how about sending me one, hmmmm?
Yup! Have resurfaced yet again! Trust you have had a wonderful Jan and
Feb and are all set to continue with our lessons.
Sanskrit Upasana has been a most rewarding experience and has equipped
me with a greater insight into interactive teaching(or so i think!) i hope that
it will reflect in my lessons henceforth. So keep your fingers crossed.
Many more have joined us these last two months and to everyone of you a
very warm welcome. Many more have reached lesson 31 and i think it's time
we get back to work.....
There are plenty of í@¡pZpSO" and î¡@¡pZpSO" words that we could come
across....
Masculine: Šé² W"pS"s sun, £þ−º Rahu, @u¡O"s Ketu, £‹é Raghu, œé² Puru,
Guru,
Feminine: šø›é cow,ªþ£¡é Sharayu,£½µé dust, E"IE"s beak, ZGG"srope, −›é chin,
Supplement 20 will give you the declined forms of the masculine, the
feminine and the neuter words. By now you will be quite comfortable with
memorizing the tables.....you will have realized how similar the tables all are.
It's just a question of being comfortable with the words....that's all.
(Note: All this while, we have been translating "Guru" in the singular. Now
that we have learnt the OO karant words, it is time to introduce a new
concept..... "Guru" is always spoken of in the plural. Even if i present
English sentences with "Guru" in the singular, always translate it as
plural.)
NOTE: Both ·¨þþ›·þ and ÚY"V"SO" ‚¨¡þ¡þ s convey the same meaning.
Dhaatus are converted into a ·¨þþ›·þ avyaya if it does not begin with an
upasarga. Dhaatus are converted into a ÚY"V"SO" avyaya if it begins with an
upasarga.
So we have a ¹âþœ·¨þþ and a œÏ¹âþœ¡þ both meaning "having thrown." Getit?
An „œþ + ¹¨þªþà can only give rise to an „œþ¹¨þª¡þ , a ÚY"V"SO" avyaya, simply
because it begins with an upasarga. It can never have the ·¨þþ›·þ alternative.
ever the going gets tough, use the ·¨þþ›·þ ‚¨¡þ¡þ of the ˆ¼Å R"pO"s...
¬›þþ›þ¿ @w¡O\"p _"# T"K>{O"| œþÚ›þ¿ @w¡O\"p, ¬þ: +¡rL>{O" | ÇÅúÛ›þ¿ @w¡O\"p ¬þ: œé›þ:
Šþ¼−ŸþÃ ìpBpEF>{O" | Instead of.......
¬›þþ·¨þþ ¬þ: œþÚ¹·þ| œþ¹Ú·¨þþ ¬þ: ÇÅúÛ¹·þ | ÇÅú¹Û·¨þþ ¬þ: œé›þ: Šþ¼−ŸþÃ
ìpBpEF>{O" |
(But if you ask me, that's plain chickening out of a situation that can, with a
little effort, be mastered!)
• These avyayas also do some gluing stuff and bring two sentences
together. For example: He ate. Then he read. ‰þþ¹¸·¨þþ , ¬þ: ‚œþÚ·þà |
Do you recall the words in the BpsàW"G"S"_O"pue"X"o ...... £¹âþ·¨þþ Ÿþþ¿ âþµø âþµø
..? The Guru, having protected me at every moment.... what does he then
do? Read that particular line . Believe me, it will be a wonderful surprise
when you discover that parts of stotras have slowly begun to make sense.
As our vocabulary increases, the entire stotra will begin to unfold itself. And
all the effort that has gone into working with Sanskrit this far would have
been well worth it.
Translate:
1. Having brought vegetables from the market, she placed them in the
refrigerator.
2. Climbing the branches of the tree, the monkey again jumped off the
tree onto the ground.
3. Having counted the coins, the rich man put them back into the
cupboard.
4. The daughter - in - law, having done work, having cooked food, having
served her mother - in - law, herself eats.
5. The king's army, having conquered the enemy(use plural), and having
bound them, bring them to the king.
6. Having heard the student's question, the teacher wrote the answer on
the blackboard.
7. Thus speaking, he kept silent( he stood silent)
8. Having bathed, having sat in front of the Devi, having praised Her, and
having performed Her pooja, our Guru sat in meditation.
9. Renouncing( Having let go) wealth, family and home, he went to the
forest.
10. Seeing the policeman, the thief ran away.
Translated:
1. Having brought vegetables from the market, she placed them in the
refrigerator.
¹¨þœþµø: ªþþˆÅþ›þà ‚þ›þú¡þ, ¬þþ O"pS"o ðprO"T"u{J>@¡pY"pX"o ì_P"pT"Y"O"o |
2. Climbing the branches of the tree, the monkey again jumped off the
tree onto the ground.
¨þ¼âþ¬¡þ ªþþ‰þþ: ‚þ³àþ, ¨þþ›þ£: œé›þ: ¨þ¼âþþ·þà W"tX"pv ì@t¡QêO" |
3. Having counted the coins, the rich man put them back into the
cupboard.
›þþ›þˆÅþ¹›þ BpNp{Y"O\"p, šþ¹›þˆÅ: œé›þ: O"p{S" ˆÅœþþÙ½ ì_P"pT"Y"O"o |
4. The daughter - in - law, having done work, having cooked food, having
served food to her mother - in - law, herself eats.
¨þšê:, ˆÅþ¡þô @w¡O\"p, W"puG"S"z T"×O\"p, æþý»¿ W"puG"S"z œþ¹£¨ø«¡þ, ¬¨þ¡þ¿ ‰þþ¸¹·þ |
5. The king's army, having conquered the enemy(use plural), and having
bound them, bring them to the king.
W"tT"O"u# E"X"t#, ªþ°ê›þà {G"O\"p, ·þþ›þà V"QoR\"p , ·þþ›þà W"tT"{O"X"o / W"tT"O"u# œé£·þ:
‚þ›þ¡þ¹·þ |
6. Having heard the student's question, the teacher wrote the answer on
the blackboard.
F>pe"_Y" œÏª›þ¿ dsO\"p, ‚š¡þþœþˆÅ: ˆ¼Å«µþûÅ¥þˆ½Å „îþ£Ÿþà ì{“A"O"o |
8. Having bathed, having sat in front of the Devi, having praised Her and
having performed Her pooja, our Guru sat in meditation.
_S"pO\"p, ¸½¨¡þþ: T"sZO"# „œþ¹¨þª¡þ , O"pz _O"sO\"p, O"_Y"p# T"tG"pz @w¡O\"p,
‚¬Ÿþþˆ¿Å Šé£¨þ: š¡þþ›ø „œþþ¹¨þªþ›þà |
9. Renouncing( Having let go) wealth, family and home, he went to the
forest.
šþ›þ¿,
@s¡Js>XV"z / _\"G"S"pS"o / Bpw`G"S"pS"o / Bpw`z E" OY"×O\"p , ¬þ: ¨þ›þŸþÃ
ìBpEF>O"o |
To tell you the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth, the
¹¨þ¹šþ¹¥þŒÃ , when i first tried my hand at understanding it, totally foxed
me.
i was able to figure out this much....
1. The ¹¨þ¹šþ¹¥þŒÃ ( the potential mood) is something like the ¥þøÙà ¥þˆÅþ£
( the imperative mood.) It is NOT bound by the past, present or the future
tense. It can be used , as it is, to express ideas in any time frame.
Even though a thought has been expressed, even though one feels that
something ought to be done, yet one can't be sure that those wishes will be
fulfilled....in that sense, these wishes aren't commands. One cannot use the
¥þøÙà ¥þˆÅþ£ then. One HAS to use the ¹¨þ¹šþ¹¥þŒÃ |
3. It converts you into Sherlock Holmes and helps you deduce things like..
"It should rain tomorrow!"
æþ: ¨þ«øÄ·þÃ !
We should win the cricket match.
¨þ¡þ¿ Šé¹¥þˆÅþÇÅúÛþ¿ G"Y"uX" |
Level 1 - Month 7 lessons 32 -35 B 217/229
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 7
In that sense, both the pronoun ¬þ¨þÄ›þþŸþ , and the adjective ¹¨þªø«þµþ, stick
by the noun NO MATTER WHAT.
Let us take the adjective Ÿþšé£ as an example.
ïO"_X"pO"o Ÿþšé£þ·þà ûÅ¥þþ·þà ‚−¿ £¬þ¿ œÏþœ›þø¹Ÿþ |
Ÿþšé£þ¿ ˆÅ˜þþ¿ dsO\"p, ¹›þÍþ¿ @¡Zpu{O" V"p“@¡# |
Ÿþšé£¬¡þ ˆ¼Å«µþ¬¡þ ¨þþµþú Ÿþšé£þ| ( Does the stotra ‚šþ£¿ Ÿþšé£¿ ›þ¡þ›þ¿ Ÿþšé£¿,
reveal to you its beauty now?)
Since words can be placed in any which way in a Sanskrit text or a shloka, to
make sense of it, do the following:
1. Pick the verb first.
2. Pick the subject to go with the verb.
3. Pick the pronouns and the adjectives that are in the subject form
(nominative case ... the œÏ˜þŸþþ {\"W"[×O")
4. Pick the rest of the nouns in the other cases.
5. Match the adjectives and the pronouns for each case.
6. Remember that all ì@¡pZpSO" masculine adjective forms are declined
like £þŸþ: as in ¬é›¸£:, ìp@¡pZpSO"/òê@¡pZpSO" feminine forms could be
reveals to the decipherer that the one doing the W"p\"X"o is ‚−ŸþÃ, I.
instead of writing £þŸþ¬¡þ W"øpO"p , i would write ZpX"W"øpO"p and leave you to
figure out what i actually mean. With plenty of reading, the process of
figuring out what an author or a poet means, becomes easier.
To get back to the translation on hand:
V"«_"z{\"O_"sX"sçz.... the one who shows - V"«, the Samvit Mudra -¬þ¿¹¨þ·¬éŸéÍ¿,
the chinmudra, ( the classical mudra wherein the forefinger touches the
thumb to form a circle and the rest of the fingers stand upright in a gesture
depicting complete knowledge.)
šþ¼·þ¹ªþ¨þŸþ¡þŠþþ°þ¿..... the one who possesses -šþ¼·þ, a body -Šþþ°þ¿, that is strong,
tangible and auspicious- ¹ªþ¨þŸþ¡þ.
ds{O"{ðpZ{_"{\"W"pSO"z.... Who is at the pinnacle- ¹ªþ£¹¬þ, lustrous -{\"W"pSO"z in
His knowledge of the Vedas, the sacred texts -ýº¹·þ .
V"puR"X"pO"êNL>X"t{O"|....... the one who is like the Sun- Ÿþþ·þĵÛ, the epitome- Ÿê¹·þô,
of knowledge - V"puR" |
lustrous in His knowledge of the Vedas; who is like the Sun, the epitome of
knowledge and who destroys darkness and sorrow.
To be able to do this does require some idea on how to appropriately break
up a long word, made up of many different words, into smaller components.
It can get tricky, but in time it soon begins to make sense. A dictionary helps
enormously.
Now, with your understanding of adjectives and how they are used, shall we
try our hand at translating simple shlokas ? Over to Lesson 35. A.
_"pvW"pBY"p{S" |
Summing up Month 7.
Amongst the lot, the Vidhilin probably needs more working with. In an
attempt to give you a better idea on when the potential mood is used in
sentence structures, a few subhashitas, post our Vidhilin lesson, will be
Vidhilin based.
Let's first get introduced to the numerals. Just 1 - 10 for the time being.
Numbers 1, 2, 3 and 4 have different number names for the three genders. 5
onwards, it is all the same.
M N F
1 ï@¡# ï@¡X"o ï@¡p
2 Ÿpv Ÿu Ÿu
3 e"Y"# e"r{Np {O"¾#
4 E"O\"pZ# E"O\"pqZ E"O"¾#
5 T"IE"
6 ^"Jo>
7 _"Ê"
8 ì^J> ìÍ>pv
9 S"\"
10 Qðp
Translate:
1. One boy, one girl and one book are on the table.
2. Two monkeys, two leaves and two girls are on the branch of a banyan
tree.
3. Three rivers, three mountains and three forests are in the picture.
4. Four trees, four houses and four garlands are in the box.
5. Five lotuses, five poets and five pens are in that pond.
6. Six cups, six televisions and six pencils are in the garbage bin.
7. Seven peacocks, seven peahens and seven aeroplanes are in the sky.
8. Eight men, eight girls and eight friends are singing .
9. Nine girls , nine boys and nine laddoos are in the restaurant.
10. Ten Brahmins, ten pages and ten female goats are in the ashram.
2. Two monkeys, two leaves and two girls are on the branch of a banyan
tree.
×ù ¨þþ›þ£ù , ×½ œþ°ø , ×½ V"p{“@u¡ E" ¨þÙ¨þ¼âþ¬¡þ ªþþ‰þþ¡þþ¿ ¬þ¹›·þ |
3. Three rivers, three mountains and three forests are in the picture.
{O"¾# ›þÔþ: , °þ¡þ: T"\"êO"p#, °þú¹µþ ¨þ›þþ¹›þ E" {E"e"u _"[SO" |
4. Four trees, four houses and four garlands are in the box.
E"O\"pZ# ¨þ¼âþþ:, E"O\"pqZ Šþ¼−þ¹µþ , E"O"¾# Ÿþþ¥þþ: E" œø¹ÙˆÅþ¡þþ¿ _"[SO" |
5. Five lotuses, five poets and five pens are in that pond.
T"IE" ˆÅŸþ¥þþ¹›þ, T"IE" ˆÅ¨þ¡þ:, T"IE" ¥ø‰þ›¡þ: E" ·þ¹¬Ÿþ›þà ·þÛþŠø ¬þ¹›·þ |
6. Six cups, six televisions and six pencils are in the garbage bin.
«þÙà E"^"@¡p#, «þÙà ¸»£¸ªþÄ›þþ¹›þ, «þÙà ‚ŒÃˆÅ›¡þ: E" ‚¨þˆÅ£œø¹ÙˆÅþ¡þþ¿ ¬þ¹›·þ |
7. Seven peacocks, seven peahens and seven aeroplanes are in the sky.
¬þœ·þ Ÿþ¡ê£þ:, ¬þœ·þ Ÿþ¡ê¡þÄ:, _"TO" ¹¨þŸþþ›þ¡þþ›þþ¹›þ E" ‚þˆÅþªø _"[SO" |
8. Eight men, eight girls and eight friends are singing .
‚«Ù Ÿþ›é«¡þþ: , ‚«Ù V"p{“@¡p#, ‚«Ù ¹Ÿþ°þþ¹µþ E" BppY"[SO" |
9. Nine girls , nine boys and nine laddoos are in the restaurant.
›þ¨þ V"p{“@¡p#, ›þ¨þ V"p“@¡p#, ›þ¨þ Ÿþø¸ˆÅþ¹›þ E" „œþþ−þ£Šþ¼−½ ¬þ¹›·þ |
10. Ten Brahmins, ten pages and ten female goats are in the ashram.
¸ªþ V"øpÏ"Npp#, ¸ªþ œþ¼«Úþ¹›þ, ¸ªþ ìG"p# E" ‚þýŸø ¬þ¹›·þ |
Level 1 - Month 8 lessons 36 -40 B 232/249
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 8
Do you ever get this feeling that Time seems to rule our lives? Nothing and i
mean NOTHING gets done without one eye on the clock. ( And if Darwin's
theory of evolution is right, it beats me why the human race is not squint
eyed.)
How to read time.
Without much preamble, first, let me give you the words for the hour....
1 o'clock. ‡ˆÅ¨þþ¸›þŸþÃ
2 o'clock. ¹×¨þþ¸›þŸþÃ
3 o'clock. ¹°þ¨þþ¸›þŸþÃ
4 o'clock. E"O"s\"pêQS"X"o
5 o'clock T"IE"\"pQS"X"o
6 o'clock. «þÙèþþ¸›þŸþÃ
7 o'clock. ¬þœ·þ¨þþ¸›þŸþÃ
8 o'clock. ‚«Ù¨þþ¸›þŸþÃ
9 o'clock. ›þ¨þ¨þþ¸›þŸþÃ
10 o'clock. ¸ªþ¨þþ¸›þŸþÃ
11 o'clock. ‡ˆÅþ¸ªþ¨þþ¸›þŸþÃ
12 o'clock. ×þ¸ªþ¨þþ¸›þŸþÃ
These forms become neuter and singular and will go like ¨þ›þŸþÃ , therefore.....
I go to school at 7 o'clock. ‚−¿ ¬þœ·þ¨þþ¸›ø ¹¨þÔþþ¥þ¡þ¿ BpEF>p{X" |
Now the words for--- the quarter past ¬þœþþ¸¨þþ¸›þŸþà , half past ¬þþšþĨþþ¸›þŸþà ,
quarter to œþþ¸ø›þ¨þþ¸›þŸþà ...
5 minutes to T"IE"puS"
10 minutes to ¸ªþø›þ
20 minutes to ¹¨þ¿ªþ·¡é›þ
25 minutes to. T"IE"{\"zðpOY"sS"
Here's how you add them to the hour:
That's fairly simple isn't it? It helps you describe your daily routine, your
{QS"E"Y"pê, rather accurately...second for second.
Now how about a list of time related stuff?
Have a look at our Supplement 26. It's obvious, isn't it, that we are a family
oriented lot? A word for just every member of a HUGE extended family.
Except for the †ˆÅþ£þ SO" words, which you have still to learn, the rest are
easily declinable. Supplement 27, tells you how to decline Ÿþþ·þ¼ , ¹œþ·þ¼ and the
rest.
Masculine Words that are declined like ¹œþ·þ¼ father... W"øpO"w brother ,
G"pX"pO"w son -in -law , ¸½¨þ¼ Husband's brother , ›þ¼ man .
Feminine Words that are declined like Ÿþþ·þ¼ mother.. ¸º¹−·þ¼ ( daughter) ,
¡þþ·þ¼ ( husband's brother's wife.) ›þ›þþ›´ ( husband's sister), ¬¨þ¬þ¼ (sister.)
Masculine Words that are declined like @¡O"êw .... doer, W"O"êw one who bears or
carries or maintains; husband, ›ø·þ¼ leader, ì{W"S"uO"w actor, −·þļ one who seizes
and takes away, £¹âþ·þ¼ one who protects, ¬þ¹¨þ·þ¼ the Sun, ýø·þ¼ one who listens ,
¨þÆ·þ¼ one who speaks, ¸þ·þ¼ one who gives , ¹¨þšþþ·þ¼ a granter, a giver, a creator;
Brahma.
These words are like adjectives ...convert them into a ˆÅ°þú , ›ø°þú, ì{W"S"ue"r etc
and the whole lot can be made into feminine forms to be declined like ›þ¸ú |
If you want to convert them into neuter forms , the words @¡O"êw, ¨þÆ·þ¼ , šþþ·þ¼ ...
a protector. etc will be declined like ›ø·þ¼ ...eye .
All of this is just for your information. The exercises will deal with just dear
ol' Mom and Dad.
************
Translated.
1. I went with my mother to the temple which is on the bank of the
river Kaveri.
ŸþŸþ Ÿþþ°þþ ¬þ− ‚−¿ Ÿþ¹›¸£Ÿþà ìBpEF>z Y"O"o ˆÅþ¨ø£ú›þÔþþ: O"J>u ‚¹¬·þ |
2. The policeman told my father that the thief ran away.
›þŠþ££âþˆÅ: ŸþŸþ ¹œþ°ø ì@¡P"Y"O"o Y"O"o E"puZ# ‚šþþ¨þ·þà ƒ¹·þ |
8. My mother is a teacher.
ŸþŸþ X"pO"p ‚š¡þþ¹œþˆÅþ ì[_O" |
9. My father is a teacher too.
ŸþŸþ {T"O"p ‚¹œþ ‚š¡þþœþˆÅ: ì[_O" |
10. My father's brother went with my father to the garden for a walk in
the evening.
ŸþŸþ {T"O"w\Y"# ŸþŸþ ¹œþ°þþ ¬þ− W"øX"NppP"êX"o _"pY"Do>@¡p“u „Ôþþ›þŸþà ìBpEF>O"o |
Just run through Supplement 28. ( Yup, it's a trimmed one!) i did not know
what i was getting myself into when i started to begin on this lesson.....landed
up with a huge number of avyayas and then sat with a pen in my hand to bring
down the number to a more palatable size.....
The list is for your reference. Let's just work on a few at a time.
Today's will be the use of the ones that are generally used as a couple:
1. E"uO"o ...... ›þø E"uO"o If so..... if not. ¡þ¹¸ ¬þ: ì[_O" E"uO"o ‚−Ÿþà ìpBpEF>p{X"
›þø E"uO"o æþ: ¹Ÿþ¥þþŸþ: |
2. ¡þ¹¸..... ·þ¹−Ä If......then ¡þ¹¸ ¬þ: ìpBpEF>{O" O"{`ê ‚−Ÿþà ìpBpEF>p{X"|
3. ¡þ˜þþ ..... O"P"p As........like ¡þ˜þþ £þŸþ: ìpE"Z{O" O"P"p ìpE"ZO"s |
4. ¡þ¸þ..... ·þ¸þ When... then ¡þ¸þ Ÿø‹þþ: BpG"ê[SO" ·þ¸þ Ÿþ¡ê£þ: ›þ¼·¡þ¹›·þ |
5. ¡þþ¨þ·þà .... ·þþ¨þ·þà As long as....till that time ¡þþ¨þ·þà œþ¡þÄ›·þ¿ ¬þ: ›þ
ìpBpEF>{O", O"p\"O"o T"Y"êSO"X"o ‚−Ÿþà ‚°þ ‡¨þ {O"Î>p{X" |
6. ¡þÔþ¹œþ ..... O"P"p{T" Even if , then also ¡þÔþ¹œþ ¬þ: T"øY"OS"z @¡Zpu{O", O"P"p{T" ¬þ:
¬þþûÅ¥¡þ¿ ›þ œÏþœ›þø¹·þ |
You will NOT, i repeat, NOT, tell the world that i taught you how to gossip in
Sanskrit. ( i have a reputation to protect, you know.)
How else can i ensure that you click onto my lessons? i have to concoct titles
that place me amongst the Gods.
The masculine nouns, which will go like E"SçX"_"o the moon, will include
¹¸¨þùˆÅ¬þà the one who lives in the heavens.... God,
¨øšþ¬þÃ Brahma, the Creator,
¸º¨þþĬþ¬þà The Rishi Durvasa,
¨þ›þùˆÅ¬þà The One who lives in the forest .... a Rishi.
The feminine words like „«þ¬þà ( dawn) , and ‚œ¬þ£¬þà ( Apsara... Heavenly
nymphs) are also declined like E"SçX"_"o |
The neuter nouns, which will go like œþ¡þ¬þà ( meaning both water and milk), will
include words like
Ÿþ›þ¬þÃ mind
¹ªþ£¬þà head
\"E"_"o speech
O"uG"_"o Brightness/ Splendour
¡þªþ¬þÃ fame
S"W"_"o sky
·þŸþ¬þÃ darkness
¬þ£¬þà lake
¨þþ¬þ¬þÃ cloth
¨þ¡þ¬þÃ age
Certain neuter words are declined in a slightly different manner. Our standard
for this set is šþ›é¬þà meaning "a bow"... as in an arrow and bow.
Words that will be declined like it are:
‚þ¡é¬þà age,
Level 1 - Month 8 lessons 36 -40 B 244/249
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 8
E"b"s_"o eye
¨þœé¬þà body
The word ý½¡þ¬þà is an adjective. It means " better than". This is declined in a
different manner. The masculine will go like ý½¡þ¬þà , the feminine like ›þ¸ú
and the neuter like œþ¡þ¬þà |
ˆÅ›þú¡þ¬þà , ˆÅ›þú¡þ¬þú , ˆÅ›þú¡þ¬þÃ. youngest
Šþ£ú¡þ¬þÃ , Šþ£ú¡þ¬þú, Šþ£ú¡þ¬þÃ... oldest
GY"pY"_"o, GY"pY"_"r, GY"pY"_"o ...eldest
œÏ½¡þ¬þà , œÏ½¡þ¬þú, œÏ½¡þ¬þà ... loved.
So we need to only have the masculine declined words in our Supplement.
Whenever you come across these ‚¬þà ending words, you can look up
Supplement 30, to figure out what they mean. Our exercises will only deal
with the simple, commonly used words like moon, head, mind etc.
**********
2. He called all the inhabitants of the heavens, " Come Gods, see my
creation.
¬þ: ¹¸¨þùˆÅ¬þ: ìpˆY"O"o, " ìpBpEF>SO"s ¸½¨þþ: (¹¸¨þùˆÅþ:), œþª¡þ›·é ŸþŸþ _"w{Í>X"o |"
3. This creation arose from my mind.
‡«þþ ¬þ¼¹«Ù: ŸþŸþ Ÿþ›þ¬þ: íQW"\"O"o |
12. With their clothes, they hide the Sun and Moon.
·þþ¬þþ¿ \"p_"pu{W"# ·þþ: _"{\"O"pZz E"SçX"_"z E" Bpt`[SO" |
15. The rishis of the forest and the Apsaras beg him for forgiveness.
¨þ›þ¬¡þ ¨þ›þùˆÅþ: (†«þ¡þ:) ‚œ¬þ£¬þ: E" O"z âþŸþþ¿ / âþŸþþ¡ù Y"pE"SO"u|
16. They give him water from that lake and cow's milk to cool his anger.
O"u O"_Y" ÇÅøšþ›þ¿ ðprO"{Y"O"sz O"_X"pO"o ¬þ£¬þ: œþ¡þ:, šø›þø: œþ¡þ: E" ·þ¬Ÿù Y"EF>[SO" |
17. The three worlds are in the sky.
¥þøˆÅ°þ¡þŸþà S"W"{_" ‚¹¬·þ |
18. To those who write about the Sun, the Moon and the three worlds, I
will give fame."
¡ø _"{\"O"s# E"SçX"_"# ¥þøˆÅ°þ¡þ¬¡þ E" ¹¨þ«þ¡ø {“A"[SO", ‚−¿ O"uWY"# ¡þªþ: Y"EF>p{X" |
*******
Summing Up Month 8.
This has been some month! Lots of new concepts and ideas. Trust that you
have not had trouble keeping pace.
By the end of Month 8 you would know...
1. Numbers 1-10.
2. How to use Time related words.
3. How to decline the h¡@¡pZpSO" words
4. How to use Avyaya pairs
And
5. How to use the ‚¬þà ending words.
The lessons in this month will help you use Sanskrit as a means of
conversation. Keep in touch with our Stories and Subhashitas. They are meant
to add to your understanding.
i have been hoping that you have missed me....which means that you have
taken up the study of Sanskrit seriously. Today, let's learn the future tense
form of verbs.
With this lesson you should be able to make sentences like
1. I will go home tomorrow.
2. She will study only when she has exams.
3. Janmashtami will be celebrated next month in our village.
There are no particular rules as to how the future tense forms are derived.
Basically, a ò_Y" or an ò^Y" is added to the present tense form of the original
dhatu of the verb to create a future tense form. It is through sheer
reading, re-reading and the use of the words themselves, which will help you
to memorize the forms.
Supplement 31 will give you the complete table of a few forms in both the
P.P. and the A.P. and Supplement 32 will give you a list of how to decline the
future tense of a few commonly used verbs by stating the T"øP"X" T"sà^"
ï@¡\"E"S" forms. Then based on Supplement 31, you can easily decline the
verbs that have been listed in Supplement 32.
Read the supplements first, then attempt to translate the exercises or else
you'll land up with goof ups like ì`z T"[ðY"^Y"p{X" instead of ì`z çbY"p{X" !!
*******
Translated:
1. On Saturday, we are going to the zoo to see the lion.
ðp{S"\"p_"Zu, {_"z`z çÍs>z, \"Y"z T"øp{Np_"Do>Bpø`p“Y"z Bp{X"^Y"p\"#,
2. Will you come to the market with me tomorrow?
ð\"# X"Y"p _"` O\"z {\"T"{NpX"o ìpBp{X"^Y"{_" {@¡X"o ?
ì{T" ð\"# X"Y"p _"` O\"z {\"T"{NpX"o ìpBp{X"^Y"{_"?
3. Don't worry, my volunteers will do the work happily( with happiness)
{E"SO"p X"p_O"s, X"X" _\"Y"z_"u\"@¡p# @¡pY"| T"ø_"SS"O"Y"p @¡qZ^Y"[SO"$
4. Lata will sing at the function.
“O"p @¡pY"ê+¡X"u Bpp_Y"{O"$
5. I will know only tomorrow if she can come or not.
ð\"# ï\" ì`z c"p_Y"p{X" Y"{Q _"p ìpBpSO"sz ðp×S"pu{O" \"p S" \"p$
6. The teacher will give gifts to the student who will study well.
Y"# F>pe"# _"XY"@o¡ T"{K>^Y"{O", O"_X"v ìRY"pT"@¡# íT"`pZpS"o Qp_Y"{O"$
7. Let's see what will happen.
çbY"pX"# {@z¡ W"{\"^Y"{O"$
8. The boys are sure to ask me why I did not come yesterday to school.
{S"ðE"Y"uS" V"p“@¡p# X"pz T"øbY"[SO" Y"O"o ì`z å# {@¡X"P"| T"pK>ðpp“pz S"
ìpBpEF>X"o$
9. Boys will be youths.
V"p“@¡p# Y"s\"@¡p# W"{\"^Y"[SO"$
10. She will wait at the bus stop for me at 2:00.
_"p X"åz {Ÿ\"pQS"u “pu@¡Y"pS"_P"pS"@u¡ _P"p_Y"{O"$
Let us first recall the art of constructing sentences in the Active voice...
the @¡O"êqZ \"p×Y" ZE"S"p$
Here is what we have been doing all this while......
1. Selecting the person who does the work from the T"øP"X"p {\"W"[×O"$
2. Making sure that the verb and the subject agree.
3. Selecting the object to the verb from the {ŸO"rY"p {\"W"[×O"$
4. So in a sentence like "The boy is seeing a bird " we would first ask the
question..."who is seeing" and place that who...the doer of the action in
the T"øP"X"p {\"W"[×O"$ Then we would ask the question "what is the
object that is being seen" and place that what....the object, into the
{ŸO"rY"p {\"W"[×O"$ And then making sure the verb and subject agree, we
would come up with.... V"p“@¡# A"Bpz T"ðY"{O"$
In an Active sentence construction, @¡O"êqZ \"p×Y" ZE"S"p ,the pride of
place is given to the @¡O"pê, the subject. The verb, always preferring to
be with the guy on top ( yup, our verb is a true- blue -blood politician! )
agrees firmly with the subject.
5. In his new avataar, adds a Y" to his root R"pO"s, THEN drops his P.P.
leanings ( if he is a P.P.) and becomes A.P. by adding the A.P. T"øOY"Y",
All the A.P. guys remain A.P.
2. The object becomes All Important and now falls into the T"øP"X"p
That makes it ªðY"$ Now add the A.P. T"øOY"Y" ...... since the A"Bp#
( object turned subject) is singular, the verb also remains singular
and gets converted into ªðY"O"u$ Naturally the tense remains the
same. If the P.P. verb is in the present tense, you use the present
tense verb forms of the A.P. in the @¡X"ê{Np \"p×Y" ZE"S"p$
4. IF the boy were looking at two birds, the @¡O"êqZ \"p×Y" ZE"S"p
become V"p“@¡# A"BppS"o T"ðY"{O" and the @¡X"ê{Np \"p×Y" ZE"S"p would
gets converted into “WY"O"u$ The Y" in the middle, helps you
recognize the verb to be a @¡X"ê{Np form.
add another Y" . The @¡O"êqZ and @¡X"ê{Np forms are both the same.
8. Since the Y" is already added to the future tense forms of verbs,
dhaatu is called the W"p\"u T"øY"puBp$ The "emotion", the "feeling" of the passive
voice is there is it not? therefore the use of the word " W"p\" " .
Question 1. Why did _P"p become _P"rY"O"u and not _P"pY"O"u ????
Answer 1. Note how most root dhaatus ending with the ìp X"pe"p turn into
the òê X"pe"p before converting into the @¡X"ê{Np form.... refer to Supplement
34.
X"Y"p A"Bp# ªðY"O"u , O\"Y"p A"Bp# ªðY"O"u , O"uS" A"Bp# ªðY"O"u , F>pe"v#
A"Bp# ªðY"O"u , V"p{“@¡p{W"# A"Bp# ªðY"O"u ....
2. Instead of learning 9 forms of P.P. and A.P. verbs each, we now bring
it down to just 3 .
3. Multiply it by the 5 “@¡pZ s and we get 15 forms( just A.P.) that we
have to know as against 90( P.P. and A.P.)....if we choose to do just
the @¡O"êqZ \"p×Y" ZE"S"p$.......This happens about 99% of the time....
4. Now the bad news: What do you do with a sentence like, " The lion
sees me?" Naturally ... {_"z`# X"pz T"ðY"{O"$
I am being seen by the lion = {_"z`uS" ì`z ªðY"u$ The verb HAS to
Not to worry. Check out Supplement 33. It will give you all the 45
forms of the dhaatu in the passive voice.
Supplement 34....Column 4...will tell you the T"øP"X" T"sà^" ï@¡\"E"S" forms
in the present tense. Use Supplement 33 along with Supplement 34 to
conjugate the verbs in all its tenses and moods.
*****
Translate each of the following sentences first into the @¡O"êqZ and then into
V"p{“@¡p{W"# T"OY"O"u$
20. The girl stands.
V"p{“@¡p {O"Î>{O"$
It is being stood by the girl.
V"p{“@¡Y"p _P"rY"O"u$
21. The girls stand.
V"p{“@¡p# {O"Î>[SO"$
It is being stood by the girls.
V"p{“@¡p{W"# _P"rY"O"u$
22.The teacher asks a question.
ìRY"pT"@¡# T"øðS"z T"wEF>{O"$
A question is being asked by the teacher.
ìRY"pT"@u¡S" T"øðS"# T"wEØY"O"u$
23.The king drinks the milk.
S"wT"# QlBR"z {T"V"{O"$
The milk is being drunk by the milk.
S"wT"uNp QlBR"z T"rY"O"u$
24. The mother gives food.
X"pO"p W"puG"S"z Y"EF>{O"$
The food is being given by the mother.
X"pe"p W"puG"S"z QrY"O"u$
25. The father sells grain.
{T"O"p R"pSY"z +¡rNpp{O"$
The grain is being sold by the father.
{T"e"p R"pSY"z +¡rY"O"u$
Level 1 - Month 9 lessons 41 – 43 B 262/273
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 9
Shiva Poojan:
S"v\"uü-
S"v\"uüz ^"L~>_"puT"uO"z {\"^"pðpS" C"wO"p[S\"O"X"o$
X"R"sb"rZpT"tT"Y"s×O"z BpwåO"pz _"puX"ðpuA"Z :
O"pXV"t“ -
S"pBp\"„rQ“v# T"tBpv# S"pS"pE"tNpvêÆ" _"zY"sO"X"o$
S"pBpuSç`pZ O"pXV"t“z X"sA"pX"puQz E" BpwåO"pX"o:
Q{b"Npp -
R"S"Qp{R"T" Qu\"uðp Q{b"Nppç\Y"X"sf"X"X"o$
Y"P"pðp[×O" X"Y"p Qf"z BpwåO"pz \"w^"W"R\"G":
T"øpP"êS"pT"t\"ê@¡ b"X"pT"S"X"o -
Y"Qb"Zz T"Qz W"øÍ>z X"pe"p`rS"z E" Y"¬\"uO"o$
O"O_"\"| b"XY"O"pz Qu\" T"ø_"rQ T"ZX"uÄ"Z:
Guru Poojan:
_S"pS" -
_"\"êðpp®X"Y"z O"puY"z _"Qp{S"X"sê×O"@¡ÚX"^"$
d«pS"üp# _"X"pS"rO"z _S"pS"pP"| T"ø{O"BpwåO"pX"o:
\"® -
X"pY"p{E"e"T"J>pEF>SS"{S"G"BpsåpuàO"uG"_"u$
Level 1 - Month 9 lessons 41 – 43 B 265/273
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 9
Summing up Month 9.
Much as our list seems rather tiny, we have studied a very important area in
Sanskrit Grammar. As you move over the next few weeks, you will see what i
mean. Please do get in touch with us if ever you feel the need to clarify a
learning point.
Masculine , likeG"BpO"o if N and like S"Qr if Feminine. The feminine forms would
Two words that you will constantly in your conversation are W"\"pS"o and W"\"O"r,
They mean "you" but are the you forms of respect as in the Hindi "ìpT" " or
the English " Thou." Though they mean "you" they are not put into the X"RY"X"
T"sà^"$ Instead they take the T"øP"X" T"sà^" and you will be making sentences
like.... W"\"pS"o BpEF>{O"$ W"\"O"r BpEF>{O"$ W"\"pS"o X"puQ@z¡ A"pQO"s$ W"\"O"r G"“z
Over the last few months, our study of nouns and verbs has brought out a
very important point: A root word can only be used in a sentence IF a suffix
has been added. A suffix = T"øOY"Y"#$
The T"øOY"Y" is one which if added to a R"pO"s changes the R"pO"s into a noun, an
adjective or an indeclinable.
One of the T"øOY"Y" s is called the @w¡QSO" T"øOY"Y"$
You are already familiar with 2 of the 5 @w¡QSO" T"øOY"Y" , though they have so
far not been introduced as so. The O\"pSO"/ÚY"V"SO" and O"sX"SO" avyayas are
@w¡QSO" s.
Let's appointT"Ko> as our guinea pig. Through the use of this dhaatu, let's try
and understand how the participle works. We can then apply it to all the
other dhaatus.
T"Ko> has 5. @w¡QSO" forms.
1. The O\"pSO"/ÚY"V"SO" .. T"{K>O\"p, _"zT"K÷$ Gerund
O"uS" T"pK># ìT"K÷O" $ A lesson was read by him. (Past tense, passive)...please
make sure you have understood the formation of passive sentences before
you continue any further.
In the above three sentences, the dhaatu T"Ko> is in the form of a verb. When
used as a participle, it becomes an adjective and follows the noun in three
areas... gender {“Œ, number \"E"S" , and declension {\"W"[×O"$
T"Ko> as a participle, takes the root past participle form: T"{K>O"$ Supplement
37. gives you the root past participle forms of the dhaatu to help you
further form the Active Past Participle AND the Passive Past Participle. You
have already seen how the Gerund and the Infinitive of that root form is
formed.... T"{K>O\"p,T"{K>O"sX"o$ These forms are avyayas. Let's study the past
participle in sections:
The Active Past Participle:
The same root form T"{K>O" , is used as the The Active Past Participle AFTER
the T"øOY"Y" "\"O"o " or "\"O"r" is further added to it. The root form for T"Ko> as
So, instead of saying _"# ìT"K>O"o , O\"X"o ìT"K>#, ì`X"o ìT"K>X"o i simply say
_"# T"{K>O"\"pS"o, O\"z T"{K>O"\"pS"o, ì`z T"{K>O"\"pS"o if all of us are men. Since
_"#, O\"z and ì`z are all T"øP"X"-{\"W"[×O" , i have to use the same for the
T"{K>O"\"O"o which is now an adjective.
Supplement 37. gives you the participle root forms of the dhaatu to help you
form the Active Past Participle.
Let's work on only the T"øP"X"p {\"W"[×O" forms this week to help build our
foundation. A few examples are given below:
1. The boy read a book. V"p“@¡# T"s_O"@z¡ T"{K>O"\"pS"o$
2. The girl read a book. V"p{“@¡p T"s_O"@z¡ T"{K>O"\"O"r$
23. The people laughed when they heard the speaker's speech.
************
We have worked with the T"øP"X"p {\"W"[×O" of the Active Past Participle.
Let's see how else it is used in the other vibhaktis.
Naturally the Past talks about an action that has already been done and is
complete: I saw the boy who went.
How would i translate this? Since the boy is the object here, i use the
{ŸO"rY"p {\"W"[×O". Naturally i must use the object form of the word BpO"\"O"o
which is BpO"\"SO"z, so that i may ensure that the adjective matches the noun.
Now, to get back to the topic on hand, Classical Sanskrit does not have
separate verbs for the above four kinds of verbs. Continuous and perfect
actions are represented by the simple tense itself.
For example, all the above past actions are translated in exactly the same
way:
ì`X"o ìT"ðY"z BpO"\"SO"z V"p“@¡X"o$
ì`z ªÍ>\"pS"o BpO"\"SO"z V"p“@¡X"o$
ì`z ª^J>\"O"r BpO"\"SO"z V"p“@¡X"o$
Level 1 - Month 10 lessons 44 – 47 B 286/296
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 10
If you remember our very first few lessons: ì`z BpEF>p{X" is translated
both as " I am going" and " I go."
_"# íT"{\"Í>\"O"p V"p“@u¡S" _"` T"{K>O"\"pS"o$ He studied with the boy who was
sitting / He studied with the boy who had been sitting / He studied with the
boy who sat./ He studied with the boy who had sat.
í×O"\"OY"p# “u{A"@¡pY"p# S"pX" ðY"pX"“p$ Shyamala is the name of the writer
who was talking/ talked /who had been talking/ had talked.
The 'has spoken" gives you the impression that the action has already been
completed EVEN though the word " has" is in the sentence. Therefore it is
translated as: ì`X"o í×O"\"O"rë V"p{“@¡pz \"Qp{X"$
_"# +¡rL>SO"z V"p“@z¡ O"p{L>O"\"pS"o$ He hit the boy who played.
_"p `{_"O"\"OY"p# V"p{“@¡pY"p# X"sA"z ªÍ>\"O"r$ She saw the face of the girl who
laughed.
You can well imagine the forms the participle will take in the various
vibhaktis, numbers and genders.
The neuter forms will be declined in all the vibhaktis, and numbers as \"S"$
To make it clearer....
BpO" becomes BpO"#, BpO"p, BpO"X"o$
ªÍ> becomes ªÍ># , ªÍ>p , ªÍ>X"o$
THESE, then become the passive past participle forms.
So i would translate "The boy was seen by me" as
V"p“@¡# X"Y"p ªÍ#$
Let's analyze this sentence a bit.
Recall: In a passive sentence, the object now falls into the T"øP"X"p {\"W"[×O"$
The subject falls into the O"wO"rY"p {\"W"[×O"$The verb NOW follows the
"object turned subject." Here, the participle "see" now has to follow the
"object turned subject." ( The participle acts as a verb, does it not? So it
MUST follow the same rules the verb does.)
Our Active sentence would have given you a clue to what gender "I" am.
the A.P. forms of the past tense . Why not a very simple: O"Y"p U¡“z
A"p{QO"X"o?
1. He worshipped the Lord. _"# Qu\"X"o ì{E"êO"\"pS"o$
***********
Ever tried to say T"ø{O" and ï@¡ together as FAST as your tongue will allow ?
No? Well, try it. What did you get? T"øOY"u@¡!!! My dears, what you have just
done is a _"[SR"$
Classical Sanskrit came up with Sandhi and Samaas as a natural development
of the spoken language.
Sandhi brings words together in the manner described above.
Here is how Samaas emerged.......What with every word having to be
vibhaktiofied before being used, people felt that if root words were put
together (without first adding the vibhakti) the whole worrisome effort of
having to remember the vibhaktis could ( almost but not quite) be dispensed
with. For example, instead of saying ZpX"_Y" W"øpO"p for Ram's brother, why
not just say ZpX"W"øpO"p ?
Also, they were sure that people were smart enough to figure out the
resultant new word. For example i could describe someone's doe eyed
beauty by simply saying X"wBp“puE"S"r instead of a long and winding
X"wBp_Y" “puE"S"u ò\" “puE"S"u Y"_Y"p# _"p$
Do you see how simple it can really be? The difficulty is in breaking the
Samaas and Sandhi to make words of sense. THAT, my dears, requires
practice and we shall begun right now.
Sandhi and Samaas are HUGE topics to be covered all in one go. So it's
easier on the brain, our one and only intellectual faculty, if we do a little bit
at a time.
_\"Z_"[SR"#
Have a look at the swaras:
ì ìp ò òê í î¡ h¡ †¼ “w “% ï ïu ìpu ìpv$
Some of these are pronounced with very little effort. They take about a
second to be spoken aloud. These are called ã_\"_\"Zp# and are... ì, ò, í,
h¡, “w$
Those that need two seconds to be pronounced are called QrC"ê_\"Zp# and
are... ìp, òê, î¡, †¼, “%, ï, ïu, ìpu and ìpv$
Sometimes, it is required to pronounce swaras three times longer than the
ã_\"_\"Zp# and they are then called T“sO"_\"Zp#$
These are how they are represented: ì3 , ò3 , í3 , h¡3 , “w3 , ï3 , ïu3 ,
1. _\"NpêQrC"ê_"[SR"#
These are the rules to follow:
Lesson 2 for a quick revision. The ì in R"X"ê adds to the ì in ìP"ê# to give
Do the _"[SR"{\"EF>uQ# of the following. One has been done for you:
_"[SR"#
1. ðpŠ¡Z + ìpdX"# = ðpŠ¡ZpdX"#$
2. ˆ¼Å«µþ + ‚þ›þ›¸: = @w¡^NppS"SQ#$
3. ¬þ¸þ + ‚þ›þ›¸: = _"QpS"SQ#$
4. ¹−Ÿþ + ‚þ¥þ¡þ: = {`X"p“Y"#$
5. ¹Šþ¹£ + ƒÄªþ: = {BpZrðp#$
6. dr + ƒÄªþ: = drðp#$
7. œþþ¨þÄ·þú + ƒÄâþ·ø = T"p\"êO"rb"O"u$
8. Šþø¸þ¨þ£ú + ƒ¹·þ = BppuQp\"Zr{O"$
9. W"pS"s + „¸¡þ: = W"pS"tQY"# ,
10. Ÿþšé + „¥¥ø‰þ: = X"R"t„uA"#$
11. {T"O"w + †µþ: = {T"O"%Np#$
12. X"pO"w + †ˆÅþ£: = X"pO"%@¡pZ$
_"[SR"{\"EF>uQ#
1. _"sR"rSç# = _"sR"r + òSç#$
9. Ÿþ−þ + †¹«þ: =
10. ZpG"p + †¹«þ: =
T"sà^"puf"X"#
_"[SR"#
1. Ÿþ−þ + ƒÄªþ: = X"`uðp# $
2. £Ÿþþ + ƒÄªþ: = ZX"uðp#$
3. ›þ + ƒ¹·þ = S"u{O"$
4. Ÿþ−þ + ƒÄæþ£: = X"`uÄ"Z#$
5. ¡þŸé›þþ + „¸ˆÅŸþà = Y"X"sS"puQ@¡X"o$
6. BpEF> + „œþ¹£ = BpEF>puT"qZ$
7. ¹−·þ + „œþ¸½ªþ: = {`O"puT"Quðp#$
8. E"Sç + „¸¡þ: = E"SçpuQY"#$
9. Ÿþ−þ + †¹«þ: = X"`{^"ê#$
10. ZpG"p + †¹«þ: = ZpG"{^"ê#$
11. ˆ¼Å«µþ + †¹Ö: = @¡w^Np{«ê#$
12. ¨þ«þþÄ + h¡O"s# = \"^"êO"sê#$
13. X"p“p + ¥þ¼ˆÅþ£: = X"p“Ú@¡pZ#
_"[SR"{\"EF>uQ#
1.íT"uSç# = íT" + òSç#$
2. O"\"pu{X"ê = O"\" + í{X"ê#$
3. V"øÏ"{^"ê# = V"øÏ"p + h¡{^"#$
4. X"`puQY"# = X"`p + íQY"#$
5. BpŒpuQ@¡X"o = BpŒp + íQ@¡X"o$
6. E"SçpuQY"# = E"Sç + íQY"#$
7. Y"X"sS"pu{X"ê = Y"X"sS"p + í{X"ê#$
8. S"Zuðp# = S"Z + òêðp#$
Level 1 - Month 11 lessons 48 – 50 B 306/313
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 11
_"[SR"{\"EF>uQ#
1. O"\"vÄ"Y"êX"o
2. BpŒpvR"#
3. X"X"pv^"R"X"o
4. X"`vÄ"Y"êX"o
5. X"`pvO_"s×Y"X"o
6. O"e"v@¡Qp
7. Y"Qv\"
8. S"v\"
9. ªÍo>\"vO"O"o
10. Zp^J~>v×Y"X"o
_"[SR"{\"EF>uQ#
1. O"\"vÄ"Y"êX"o = O"\" + ïuÄ"Y"êX"o$
Told you.
Then the changed swara of the first word gets added to the swara of the
next word AGAIN to form a new letter.
1.T"ø{O" + ï@¡X"o
T"øO"o + Y"o + ï@¡X"o = T"øOY"u@¡X"o $
2. X"S"s + ìS"SO"ZX"o
X"S"o + \"o + ìS"SO"ZX"o = X"S\"S"SO"ZX"o $
3. {T"O"w + òEF>p
{T"O"o + Zo + òEF>p = {T"{e"EF>p $
4.C"_“w + ìpQuðp#
C"_"o + “o + ìpQuðp# = C"_“pQuðp# $
The exercises with the Y"Np_"[SR"# are in Lesson 51 A.
_"[SR"{\"EF>uQ# $
1. Y"ü{T"
2. {T"e"zðp#
3. _"p[R\"QX"o
4. _X"ZpXY"`X"o
5. \"®pNY"sOT"pQY"{O"
6. òOY"{T"
7. R"pe"zðp#
8. X"R\"qZ#
9. ìOY"sOO"X"#
10. T"p\"êOY"R"sS"p
11. òOY"p{b"Ê"#
12. W"\"O\"R"sS"p
9. ¬é + ‚þŠþ·þŸþà = _\"pBpO"X"o $
_"[SR"{\"EF>uQ# $
1. Y"ü{T" = Y"{Q + ì{T" $
2. {T"e"zðp# = {T"O"w + ìzðp# $
3. _"p[R\"QX"o = _"pR"s + òQX"o $
4. _X"ZpXY"`X"o = _X"Zp{X" + ì`X"o $
5. \"®pNY"sOT"pQY"{O" = \"®p{Np + íOT"pQY"{O" $
6. òOY"{T" = ò{O" + ì{T" $
7. R"pe"zðp# = R"pO"w + ìzðp# $
8. X"R\"qZ = X"R"s + ìqZ $
9. ìOY"sOO"X"# = ì{O" + íOO"X"# $
Y"pSO"\"pSO"pQuðp_"[SR"# $
First word Next word
ending in beginning with Results in
1. ï followed any swara = ï changing to
by
ìY"o
2. ïu followed any swara = ïu changing to
by
ìpY"o
3. ìpu followed any swara = ìpu changing to
by
ì\"o
4. ìpv followed any swara = ìpv changing to
by
ìp\"o
Then the changed swara of the first word gets added to the swara of the
next word AGAIN to form a new letter.
1. `Zu + ïO"O"o
`Zo + ìY"o + ïO"O"o = `ZY"uO"O"o
2. S"v + ì@¡#
S"o + ìpY"o + ì@¡# = S"pY"@¡#
3. {\"^Nppu + ïO"O"o
{\"^Npo + ì\"o + ïO"O"o = {\"^Np\"uO"O"o
4. T"pv + ì@¡#
T"o + ìp\"o + ì@¡# = T"p\"@¡#
3. BpsZpu ìp{Qðp
4. V"p“@¡pv ìpBpO"pv
5. \"v ò`
6. @¡J>u íT"\"uðpS"X"o
7. U¡“u òEF>p
8. {Ÿðpp\"`v ìp{O"êX"o
9. @¡Zpv ïO"pv
10. W"pS"pu ò`
_"[SR"{\"EF>uQ#
1. Bpsà\"sO_"p`#
2. V"p“p\"puG"[_\"S"pv
3. G"S"Y"sO@¡NK>p
4. U¡“{Y"EF>p
5. F>pe"p\"\"BpO"\"SO"pv
_"[SR"{\"EF>uQ#
1. BpsZ\"sO_"p`# = BpsZpu + íO_"p`#
2. V"p“p\"puG"[_\"S"pv = V"p“pv + ìpuG"[_\"S"pv
3. G"S"Y"sO@¡NK>p = G"S"u + íO@¡NK>p
4. U¡“{Y"EF>p = U¡“u + òEF>p
5. F>pe"p\"\"BpO"\"SO"pv = F>pe"pv + ì\"BpO"\"SO"pv
When consonants join the joining bandwagon, we get, what you call, Vyanjan
Sandhi.....\Y"IG"S" _"[SR"#$ One of the most frequently used sandhi is the
G"ðO\"_"[SR" , We can do the rest of the \Y"IG"S" _"[SR"# at a later date.
G"ðO\"_"[SR" (1 ) Go by these rules:
If a word ends with the first \Y"IG"S" of the five ¨þŠþÄ s ( that is : either ˆÃÅ,
E"o, Jo>, O"o or œþà ) and is the followed by a word beginning with any swara
then that \Y"IG"S" of the first word gets transformed into the third \Y"IG"S"
of the same ¨þŠþÄ.
That is :
ˆÃÅ + any swara becomes ŠþÃ
E"o + any swara becomes G"o
Ù + any swara becomes ÛÃ
·þà + any swara becomes ¸Ã
œþà + any swara becomes V"o
Then it gets added to the swara of the next word again to form a new letter.
2. Write the present and the past tense œÏ˜þŸþœé²«þ ï@¡\"E"S" forms of these
R"pO"s s + the upasargas.
A good idea would be to go through the upasarga lesson again before you
attempt to do this exercise.
This exercise will help you figure out how the sandhi rules are applied with
the past tense of a dhatu with an upasarga .
Do remember, the ì is added to the root dhatu. That means that you will
be adding upasarga + ì + dhatu for the past tense. One has been done for
you.
( Try and repeat the entire ¹ÇÅ¡þþœþ¸ table to yourself just to hear what the
words sound like....that will help you identify the words whenever you next
hear them.)
The list is long, but for those of you who would like to improve your
vocabulary, it is a treasure trove!
Who said Month 11 had the shortest Summing Up? Month 12 does.
1. Some more Sandhis. Easy too. The difficult ones for much later.
Absolutely. Without a doubt. The use of the words, which will be introduced
in today's lesson, will open up myriad forms of expression.
Please take a look at Supplement 38. These words are "take-offs" to the
{\"{R"{“Do> . They express what ought to be done BUT in the passive
voice….and that too, only if you wish to use the T"øP"X"p {\"W"{◊¡. In the other
vibhaktis , they are used as adjectives EVEN in the active voice.
You may use any of the three options given in the supplement.
Here are a few examples….
Do you see how these words follow the object turned subject in gender and
number ? How much simpler than having to say, …for example :
O"u @¡pY"| @s¡Y"sê# $ ì`z Çpu@z¡ _X"ZuY"X"o $ O\"z @¡P"pz {“A"u# $
If you find this confusing, i suggest you go over Lessons 42, 43, 44, 45, 46
and 47. This should help you revise your passive voice constructions and help
you understand how to work on this lesson.
Well,
1. I do namaskar to my Gurudev Who ought to be worshipped( who is
worthy of being worshipped.) ì`z T"tGY"z BpsàQu\"z S"X"p{X" $ If you recall :
since The Guru is {S"OY" V"`l\"E"S", ideally the sentence should be: ì`z
ðprO"T"u{J>@¡pY"pz _P"pT"S"rY"p{S" $
4. The priest offers the water which is worthy of being used for bathing
to the Lord Who is worthy of being praised.
T"sZpu{`O"# _S"pS"rY"z G"“z _O"puO"\Y"pY" Qu\"pY" ìT"êY"{O" $
Shall we try out the exercises in Lesson 54 A ?
Lesson 54 A.
Lesson 54 B.
A quick note:
I have to apologise for my long silence. One and a half years of not giving you
something new to study is criminal on my part. But my excuse is valid. We
have finally finished designing our 3, 6-month courses… ìpZpR"S"p, _"pR"S"p
and R"pZNpp and now am absolutely free to work on our web lessons. But since
students have not written to me asking for help with their lessons, I assume,
no one's missing me too much and therefore I don't feel guilty!
1) Is what you are already familiar with… the use of the “Jo> “@¡pZ. The
sentence would therefore be… V"p“@¡# BpEF>{O" $
2) This sentence would need to be translated with the help of a continuous
participle. You need to use the continuous participle in sentences like …' The
walking girl is looking at the eating boy.'
They are words formed out of R"pO"s s. Retaining their ability to convey an
action taking place, they become adjectives and follow the noun in three
ways: {“Œ, {\"W"[×O" and \"E"S" $
Let me give you simple examples and then I'll teach you how to form these
words.
The boy studies.
The boy eats a mango.
The studying boy, eats a mango.
The "studying" is the continuous participle. If the root word is T"Z_X"vT"QX"o ,
you add the ðpO"w T"øOY"Y" and create a ðpO"w form. If the root word is
ìpOX"S"vT"QX"o, you add the ðppS"E"o T"øOY"Y" and create a ðppS"E"o form.
Let's concentrate on the ðpO"w forms first.
Step 1. ( M/ N forms)
Pick the “Jo> “@¡pZ T"øP"X" T"sà^" form of the P.P. dhaatu you have chosen.
Let's take T"Ko> as an example. T"K>[SO" is the “Jo> “@¡pZ T"øP"X" T"sà^" V"`l\"E"S"
form.
Step 2. ( M/ N forms)
NOW… remove the ò from the end and the S"o from the middle of the word
So now we have a sentence that says V"p“@¡# T"K>S"o $ This is not a complete
Step 4.
Add the appropriate form of the ì_"o dhaatu in the tense that you wish to
convey. That is : Add the ì_"o “Do> “@¡pZ to give you an effect of a
continuous action taking place in the past.
V"p“@¡# T"K>S"o ìp_"rO"o $
Add the ì_"o “Jo> “@¡pZ to give you an effect of a continuous action taking
Step 5.
Use all the vibhaktis now….
T"K>S"o V"p“@¡# A"pQ{O" $
ì`z T"K>SO"z V"p“@z¡ T"ðY"p{X" $
Level 1 - Month 14 lessons 55 – 58 B 339/360
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 14
Step 2.
1. DO NOT remove the S"o from the middle of the word ( from 1, 4, 6, 10
dhaatus. If the dhaatus are from the other BpNp s, THEN alone does
one remove the S"o from the middle of the word. .... Easy Way, if
there is an ì _\"Z before the {O" T"øOY"Y" (T"ø. T"s. ï. \".) , then n!
stays , otherwise, the S"o does not. This holds true in most cases and
can be used as an 'emergency technique.' )
Step 3.
Add the appropriate form of the ì_"o dhaatu in the tense that you wish to
convey …. ( Please re- read Step 4 …M and N forms)
***
Since I can form the entire {\"W"×O"r table with these words, how will I use
the rest of the {\"W"[×O" s ? Place Supplement 39 before you while you study
the rest of the lesson.
Watch carefully now:
1. BpEF>S"o V"p“@¡# U¡“z A"pQ{O" $ The going boy is eating a fruit.
2. BpEF>SO"r V"p{“@¡p U¡“z A"pQ{O" $ The going girl is eating a fruit.
3. The talking girl is watching the eating boy. \"QSO"r V"p{“@¡p A"pQSO"z
V"p“@z¡ T"ðY"{O" $
4. The girl who is going with the boy who is going. is also eating a fruit
And I could have gone on giving you examples but it is time now that you do
the work and I rest.
Do have a look at Supplement 39. to give you the Present Continuous forms
of the dhaatu BpX"o . And to form the S"T"sz forms, check Supplement 36. the
***
ðppS"E"o
A.P. dhaatus need the ðppS"E"o T"øOY"Y" to indicate the continuous tense. You
have to add the X"pS" to the A.P. root dhaatu..... which will be declined like
ZpX", X"p“p and \"S" for the M, F and N respectively. Then the ì_"o dhaatu in
the appropriate tense is added to the sentence if required. Let's take the
dhaatu Y"pE"o ( to beg ) as an example.
He is begging. _"# Y"pE"X"pS"# ì[_O" / _"# Y"pE"O"u $
She is begging. _"p Y"pE"X"pS"p ì[_O" / _"p Y"pE"O"u $
The kind man gives the boy who is begging, a fruit. QY"p“s T"sà^"#
You will probably just have to go through our previous lessons just to revise
which dhaatus are the P.P. and which the A.P. ones.
5. Do not be angry with the two girls who are serving. _"u\"o (_"u\"O"u)
6. The child (ìT"OY" N ) went to the temple with the women who were
Lesson 57/ 57 A.
More of Shatr and Shaanach.
ðpO"w - ðppS"E"o
A quick recap:
Having given you an idea on how theðpO"w - ðppS"E"o work, I must tell you
something. Classical authors DO NOT use the ðpO"w - ðppS"E"o with the ì_"o
dhaatu. As far as they are concerned, the ðpO"w - ðppS"E"o are adjectives and
must be used as such.
The boy is going' is translated as V"p“@¡# BpEF>{O". The need to do a V"p“@¡#
BpEF>S"o ì[_O" is to help co-relate this with English grammar.
Let's look at how the ðpO"w - ðppS"E"o are used "classically.'
V"p“@¡# BpEF>{O" $
BpEF>S"o V"p“@¡# U¡“z A"pQ{O" $
ì`z BpEF>SO"z V"p“@z¡ T"ðY"p{X" $
BpEF>O"p V"p“@u¡S" _"`, V"p{“@¡p ì{T" BpEF>{O" $
BpEF>O"u V"p“@¡pY" F>e"z QQpO"s $
BpEF>O"# V"p“@¡pO"o T"s_O"@z¡ “W"u $
BpEF>O"# V"p“@¡_Y" `_O"pO"o U¡“z T"O"{O" $
BpEF>{O" V"p“@u¡ X"X" {\"ð\"p_"# ì[_O" $
V"p“@¡# W"G"O"u $
W"G"X"pS"# V"p“@¡# RY"pS"z @¡Zpu{O" $
W"G"X"pS"z V"p“@z¡ ì`z S"X"p{X" $
W"G"X"pS"uS" V"p“@u¡S" _"` ì`X"o ì{T" RY"pS"z @¡Zpu{X" $
W"G"X"pS"pY" V"p“@¡pY" U¡“z QQp{X" $
Level 1 - Month 14 lessons 55 – 58 B 351/360
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 14
57 A
You have been with me for quite sometime now. I must stop 'spoon-feeding'
you. I'll provide you with answers only if I think you'll need that kind of
assurance.
As worksheets, convert the above given sentences into their dual and plural
forms. AND THEN convert all the above sentences into the neuter ( ìT"OY"z
child.) and the feminine ( V"p{“@¡p girl)… yup, singular, dual and plural.
Use BpEF>[SO"/W"G"X"pS"p (T"øP"X"p {\"W"[×O") for the feminine and
Lesson 58.
Shatr and Shaanach, their passive forms.
I hope you have had a chance to do those exercises that I set you in Lesson
57,57A. It should give you sufficient practice to handle today's lesson.
Do you remember how the passive forms of a verb are formed? Let's do a
quick revision. (For such practice sessions I shall always take the T"øP"X" T"sà^"#
ï@¡\"E"S"X"o “Jo> “@¡pZ# as an example. That is what has been practiced
from time immemorial. Use that form as a guide line to arrive at the other
lkar s.)
A.
1. Take the root form of the verb. For example: BpX"o / “W"o
2. Add to it a Y" ; that would make it BpXY" / “WY"
3. Add the ìpOX"S"uT"Q - T"øOY"Y" and you finally land up with
BpXY"O"u/“WY"O"u $
4. These are passive forms of the verb. They change only according to
the T"sà^"# and \"E"S"X"o of the "object turned subject."
B.
Well, exactly the same thing happens when you make a passive form of the
ðpO"w - ðppS"E"o $ Let's do it again point wise. The difference is in point 4.
BpXY"X"pS"/“WY"X"pS"
4. These are participles and follow the noun/pronoun in three ways:
{“Œ, \"E"S", {\"W"[×O" $ Therefore you will have: BpXY"X"pS"z,
BpXY"X"pS"#, BpXY"X"pS"p and all the other forms in all the {\"W"[×O" s.
Level 1 - Month 14 lessons 55 – 58 B 354/360
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 14
5. Study the examples that follow and then you will understand what the
words mean:
A"pQS"o V"p“@¡# = the boy who is eating
A"püX"pS"# V"p“@¡# = the boy who is being eaten ( by something)
Similarly {“A"S"o will be talking about the "boy who is writing." and the
Do you see how I've used the passive form but in a @¡O"êqZ- \"p×Y"- ZE"S"p ?
Let's look at another example: ( Look out for how I've changed the
participle in the different tenses and moods. Also pay attention to the fact
that those words marked bold are the object forms and therefore are in the
{ŸO"rY"p {\"W"[×O"# $ Let go of the idea at this point in time that the passive
voice insists that the object must be picked from the T"øP"X"p {\"W"[×O"# $
When Passive Participles are used in Active constructions, they are purely
adjectives and must be chosen from the {\"W"[×O"# that the sentence
demands.)
The poem which is being read by me is on the table. ( use of passive ðpO"w)
X"Y"p T"K÷X"pS"p @¡{\"O"p íOT"r{K>@¡pY"p# íT"qZ ì[_O" $
Please place this poem which is being read by me on the table.
@w¡T"Y"p X"Y"p T"K÷X"pS"pz @¡{\"O"pX"o íOT"r{K>@¡pY"p# íT"qZ _P"pT"Y"O"s $
The food which has been made is tasty. (use of passive ×O" )
What is most important is to set your mind free….. spend a little time with
these words and you will see how very flexible they are. Don't feel so bound
to grammar rules that you are unable to bring creativity into your thoughts.
Let's try out a few worksheets to help break free!
**************
Lesson 58 A.
Exercises with the Passive and Active Participles.
A) Translate:
Please do not try word for word translations. Try get the general meaning of
the sentences though.
1. The Guru who is being served is Shrimat Sadyojat Shankarashrama.
( use plural for respect.)
2. To that Guru worthy of being served, salutations.
3. When you come to my house, bring that book written by Rabindranath
Tagore, with you.
4. Is there some milk to give to this cat which is sitting here?
5. Those memorised shlokas have increased my peace of mind. ( not
difficult…..think!!!!!)
6. Devi Bhuvaneshwari, these flowers which have been brought by me
must be accepted by you.
7. I place the fruit of the japa done by me at the feet of the Lord.
8. There is the capacity to work in the intelligent boys who are present
here.
9. The monkeys who took Lanka were Rama's devotees.
10. With these lessons that have been studied by me, I'll certainly
become Panini !!
11. Here is water for those flowers you brought. ( translate with…accept
this water…)
Lesson 58 B.
Exercises with the Passive and Active Participles.
Lesson 59.
In-karaant words.
òSS"SO" ðpVQp# $
Just watch the capacity of Sanskrit to create new words….
{\"üp{P"êS"o $
Refer to Supplement 41 to learn how to decline these words. The feminine
S"Qr $ T"s_O"{@¡S"r, {\"üp{P"êS"r
will go like etc. Do you now see why the
Lesson 59. A
Exercises with In-karaant words.
òSS"SO" ðpVQp# $
blooms
only at
night.)
( also
possessing
moonlight.
)
Sun ( @¡X"ê_"p{b"S"o Sun ( {@¡ZNpX"p{“S"o Yogi ( one Y"pu{BpS"o
Beholder of garlanded who is
the world's with rays.) establishe
deeds.) d in Yog)
One who O"T"[_\"S"o
performs
austeritie
s
Lesson 59. B.
Answers to Lesson 59 A.
Translated:
1. When the elephant saw the man with a bow, he entered the forest.
Y"Qp @¡Zr E"p{T"S"X"o ìT"ðY"O"o O"Qp _"# \"S"z T"øp{\"ðpO"o $
E"p{T"S"z ª^Ìp @¡Zr \"S"z T"øp{\"ðpO"o $
2. There are many trees on both sides of this road.
T"SP"pS"X"o íW"Y"O"# T"„{\"S"# _"[SO" $
3. The fisherman brings the fish to the market.
X"O_Y"R"pZr @¡NJ>{@¡S"# {\"T"NprX"o ìpS"Y"{O" $
4. I'll perform Krishna's pooja next week.
ì`z @w¡^Np_Y" T"tG"pX"o ìpBpp{X"{S" _"TO"p`u @¡qZ^Y"u / @¡qZ^Y"p{X" $
ìpBpp{X"{S" _"TO"p`u ì`z @w¡^Npz T"tG"{Y"^Y"p{X" $
5. You must behave well with your classmates.
_"`pRY"p{Y"{W"# _"` T"ørOY"p ìpE"ZO"s $
6. Salutations to all noble people!
Bps{NpWY"# S"X"# $
7. Shiva must be worshipped by all men.
G"[SX"{W"# {ðp\"# T"tGY"# / T"tG"S"rY"# / T"t{G"O"\Y"# $
8. I'll eat my food after I've seen the moon.
ðp{ðpS"z ª^Jo>\"p ì`z W"puG"S"z A"pQp{X" / A"p{Q^Y"p{X" $
9. These fruits are for those Yogis and those Tapasvis.
Level 1 - Month 15 Lessons 59 - 60 B 364/381
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 15
Lesson 60.
Discovering Numbers.
Take a deep breath my dears, our Number Lesson will encompass quite a
huge area. We need to learn:
New Concept:
Numbers in Sanskrit, are adjectives. They will follow our noun as faithfully
as they know how.
The first four numbers: 1, 2, 3 and 4 have different names for the three
genders.
All the rest have a single name for the three genders.
Ditto for the 2, 3 and 4 in two, three and four boys, girls and fruits? ( Yup!)
Five onwards, the number name for the boys, girls and fruits as in the " 5 "
in 5 boys, 5 girls and 5 fruits remains the same? ( Yup!)
If numbers are adjectives, would it mean that in a sentence like... Rain fell
on the seven boys' head.... since the boys' would be taken from the «þ. ¹¨þ ,
so would the number seven? That numbers ALSO have {\"W"[×O" s ????? (
Yup!)
Good news:
It's not as bad as it looks. In fact, it's fairly simple. All we have to do is go
forward step by step.
Naturally, even if the '2' does have three gender names AND it does have
{\"W"[×O" s, since it is dual, we can have only the {Ÿ\"E"S" forms.
Naturally the rest ( upto number 18 ) even if they do have {\"W"[×O" s, since
Step 2.
• Place the {\"W"[×O" tables of all the three "1 's" in front of you.
Read the following sentences to see how the {\"W"[×O" table is used.
(To make things easy, let's work on each {\"W"[×O" table gender wise.)
Step 3.
Use the same principle to form sentences for the S"T"sz_"@¡{„Œ and the
®r{“Œ .
Step 4.
• Use the given {\"W"[×O" tables for the numbers 2, 3 and 4 in exactly
the same manner.
Level 1 - Month 15 Lessons 59 - 60 B 368/381
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 15
Step 5.
• Numbers 5 to 18 have only V"`l\"E"S" forms. The numbers 10- 18 are
all declined like the number 10.
Step 6.
• Numbers 19- 99 are feminine: If you notice all the numbers that end
in the ¹·þ: for example ¹¨þ¿ªþ¹·þ: or‚ªþú¹·þ:, will naturally be declined
like Ÿþ¹·þ: BUT the declensions 19 onwards are all in the SINGULAR
form because the word Ÿþ¹·þ: is singular. Gottitt?
Example: I see 83 birds = ì`z eY"ðpr{O"z ‰þŠþþ›þà œþª¡þþ¹Ÿþ |
She goes with 24 girls to the cinema. = ¬þþ E"O"s{\"|ðOY"p V"p{“@¡p{W"# ¬þ−
{E"e"T"J>Bpw`z BpEF>p{X"$
Though the numbers themselves are feminine, the same form is used for
all three genders: Ÿp{\"zðp{O"# V"p“@¡p#, ×þ¹¨þ¿ªþ¹·þ: ûÅ¥þþ¹›þ , ×þ¹¨þ¿ªþ¹·þ:
V"p{“@¡p#, are all correct.
Step 7.
• The O"@¡pZpSO" number groups, {e"zðpO"o, E"O\"pqZzðpO"o, T"ú"pðpO"o are all
Step 9.
• New concept: Numbers are read and spoken about BACKWARDS.
• The numbers 101 onwards upto 200 are created by adding the word
‚¹šþˆÅ to the root number. For example:
Level 1 - Month 15 Lessons 59 - 60 B 369/381
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 15
• The numbers 200 to 900 can be written by either first writing the
root number and then the word ªþ·þú OR by first writing ªþ·þ and
then adding סþŸþà , °þ¡þŸþà etc.
For example: 200 = ¹×ªþ·þú or ªþ·þסþŸþà | 300 = ¹°þªþ·þú or ªþ·þ°þ¡þŸþà |
Naturally the first, ¹×ªþ·þú or ¹°þªþ·þú is declined like ›þ¸ú and the
ªþ·þסþŸþà or ªþ·þ°þ¡þŸþà , like ¨þ›þŸþà |
Here is a lovely verse that lists the numerals to the power of ten....
ìV"sêQX"o 100000000
¨þ¼›¸Ÿþà 1000000000
‰þ¨þÄ: 10000000000
¹›þ‰þ¨þÄ: 100000000000
ðpDo>A"# 1000000000000
œþÐþ: 10000000000000
¬þþŠþ£: 100000000000000
‚›·¡þŸþÃ 1000000000000000
Ÿþš¡þŸþà 10000000000000000
œþ£þšþÄŸþà 100000000000000000
Fractions
Again, just the list....
1/4 œþþ¸: 1/2 ‚šþÄ: 3/4 œþþ¸ø›þ: 1¼ ¬þœþþ¸: 1½ ¬þþšþ¾ÄˆÅ:
150 _"pR"vê@¡ðpO"X"o ( Gottitt?)
When you express numbers in the forms first, second, third , fourth,
hundredth etc, you are using the ordinal forms of numbers.
In Sanskrit, they are called +¡X"\"pE"@¡ forms.
Level 1 - Month 15 Lessons 59 - 60 B 371/381
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 15
Since numerals are adjectives, each number has its own gender, number and
vibhakti that you will have to use when using them with nouns.
Let me first give you the list from 1 to 10 in all its three genders. THEN,
let's set about trying to figure out HOW to use them.
• Naturally the T"sz{„Œ ordinals will be declined like £þŸþ , the ®r{“Œ like
›þ¸ú ( except for the first three which go like Ÿþþ¥þþ ) and the S"T"sz_"@¡{“Œ
like ¨þ›þŸþÃ |
Therefore we have a sentence like : I study in the ninth class . ‚−¿ ›þ¨þŸ¡þþ¿
ˆÅâþþ¡þþ¿ œþÚþ¹Ÿþ |
The eight book's name is " Nala Damayanti." ‚«ÙŸþ¬¡þ T"s_O"@¡_Y" ›þþŸþ "›þ¥þ
¸Ÿþ¡þ›·þú |"
I pray to the eighth avatara of Lord Vishnu. ‚−¿ ¹¨þ«µþø: ‚«ÙŸþŸþà ‚¨þ·þþ£¿
›þŸþþ¹Ÿþ |
• All these forms are declined in singular, dual and plural. How else would
we be able to say,
" The first fruits of the season are sweet?" h¡O"pu# œÏ˜þŸþþ¹µþ ûÅ¥þþ¹›þ Ÿþšé£þ¹µþ |
The first two books are mine. œÏ˜þŸø ×½ T"s_O"@u¡ ŸþŸþ|
Level 1 - Month 15 Lessons 59 - 60 B 372/381
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 15
So on and so forth.
• The numbers 11- 18 are declined in the same manner..... the T"sz{„Œ
ordinals will be declined like £þŸþ , the ®r{“Œ like ›þ¸ú and the
S"T"sz_"@¡{“Œ like ¨þ›þŸþà |
• The numbers 19 onwards ..... to this group you need to add ·þŸþ:, ·þŸþú or
·þŸþŸþÃ to convert them into ordinals. For example:
Twentieth ¹¨þ¿ªþ¹·þ·þŸþ: , ¹¨þ¿ªþ¹·þ·þŸþú , ¹¨þ¿ªþ¹·þ·þŸþŸþÃ
Thirtieth ¹°þ¿ªþîþŸþ:, ¹°þ¿ªþîþŸþú, ¹°þ¿ªþîþŸþŸþÃ,
Hundredth ªþ·þ·þŸþ:, ªþ·þ·þŸþú, ªþ·þ·þŸþŸþÃ |
• The numbers that are in the "twenty group" ....those with the word ¹¨þ¿ªþ¹·þ
in them can also be written without the ¹·þ to convert them into Ordinals.
For example: ( and they become adjectives....)
Twentieth ¹¨þ¿ªþ
Twenty-first ‡ˆÅ¹¨þ¿ªþ
Twenty-second ×þ¹¨þ¿ªþ
Collective nouns in the Neuter Gender Singular form are formed as follows –
Stick the root numeral as a suffix to the noun and convert it into a
SINGULAR NEUTER FORM to convey a group. For example: T"s_O"@¡e"Y"X"o
is a group of three books. E"^"@¡ðpO"X"o is a group of 100 cups.
You should be saying T"s_O"@¡e"Y"X"o ‚°þ ‚¹¬·þ and not T"s_O"@¡e"Y"X"o ‚°þ ¬þ¹›·þ
| Gottit??
Some more Number ideas.
5. How to ask " who or which of many" as in : By which road did Mohan
go? To which girl did you give the book?
6. How to read dates .
7. How to say how old you are
And
8. How to read page numbers.
Group 1 and 3 are actually avyayas. They have already been dealt with in our
special lesson on avyayas. But I personally prefer to have all details of a
particular concept in one area.....never mind if a few ideas have to be dealt
with more than once.
3. How to say " one way of doing something " "two ways ...", " three ways..."
etc. Add the word šþþ |
E"O"sR"pê , V"`lR"p (many
‡ˆÅšþþ , ¹×šþþ / ×½šþþ / ×¾šþŸþà , ¹°þšþþ / °øšþþ / °ùšþŸþà ,
ways of doing something) ‚›øˆÅšþþ ( different ways....) @¡{O"R"p (how many
different ways...)
F>pe"u^"s ï@¡O"p ì[_O"....¬þ¨øÄ ‡ˆÅšþþ ˆÅþ¡þô @s¡\"ê[SO"$
4. How to say "one kind of ..., " "two kinds of..." etc. Add the word ¹¨þšþ |
This makes it into an adjective, following gender, number and vibhakti.
Level 1 - Month 15 Lessons 59 - 60 B 374/381
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 15
5. How to ask " who or which of many" as in : By which road did Mohan go? To
which girl did you give the book? From which book did you get this picture?
Use the adjective: @¡O"X"_"o - @¡O"X"p - @¡O"X"X"o
@¡O"X"_"p Ÿþþиĵþ Ÿþø−›þ: Šþ·þ¨þþ›þà ?
@¡O"X"pY"v V"p{“@¡pY"v T"s_O"@z¡ W"\"O"r ìY"EF>O"o ?
@¡O"X"O"# T"s_O"@¡pO"o O\"X"o ïO"z {E"e"X"o ì“W"# ?
6. How to read dates. (Adjectives)
Numbers are read backwards in Sanskrit.
The first option ï@¡_"TO"S"\"u@¡ is a far easier method of reading out the
dates. So let's make life easy , shall we?
*******
Lesson 60 A
Exercises with Numbers
Lesson 60 B
Answers to 60 A
Lesson 61.
Swara Sandhi and Visarga Sandhi.
_\"Z_"[SR"#/{\"_"Bpê_"[SR"#
In my early days of enthusiastic Sanskrit studies, I picked up the
Panchatantra to 'improve' my language skills. One look at the text… a long
never ending word that filled 25 lines (if I exaggerate, it is only for
effect….believe me, I do not lie. Ever.) and I figured that I had to get my
Sandhi rules firmly understood first.
Sandhi is the joining of two words into a single word. The last letter of a
word and the first letter of the adjoining word form one letter.
Sandhi-vicheda, _"[SR"{\"EF>uQ# , describes the process by which one
letter ( whether single or cojoined) is broken to form two words. Part of
the broken letter remains as the last letter of the first word and part of
the letter forms the first letter of the next letter.
Over time I still find it easier to break words than to join them but here
are a few tips that have kept me in good stead either way:
1. Sandhis take place whenever there is a presence of a swara….a
vowel ; the presence of a consonant WITH a halanta ( for example
@o¡); the presence of a visarga (for example @¡# )
2. Siren's on!! Trip up alert:
Whenever I see a Y"o, \"o, ï, ïu, ìpu, ìpv, _"o, ðpo, ^"o, Zo, & in a "more
or less" long word, my antennae go up. Chances are that I have a Sandhi
staring at me in the face. I always potter around these letters to help me
decide whether the occasion has presented itself to break two words.
The more I read, the more I was convinced that there were a trillion
sandhi rules to follow. But ever so slowly it began to filter in that
amongst those trillion rules a few are oft repeated and they are the only
ones that one need really remember to follow Sanskrit classical texts.
Buy a book that lists all sandhi rules so that you can refer to it if you
come across an occasional sandhi that I have not dealt with. But for all
practical purposes, these are enough. Lesson 61 will deal with 1) a revision
of swara sandhi rules plus a few more new ones AND 2) with visarga
sandhi rules. A tabular column works well for reference.
Swar Sandhi.
Level 1 - Month 16 Lessons 61 382/390
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 16
prefix ) íT"pEF>ê{O" $
ì or ìp “w ìp“o íT" + “w@¡pZ# = íT"pÚ@¡pZ#$
(íT"_"Bpê a
prefix )
Visarga Sandhi:
Before we do the Visarga Sandhi, it is important to have a table that
differentiates the soft consonants from the hard ones.
S"X"# + @¡Zpu{O" =
S"X"_@¡Zpu{O"$
T"sZ_@¡Zpu{O"$
ï^"# / Any consonant or elision of the visarga.
_"#
vowel except for _" BpEF>{O"$
ì
Name of visarga follow effect example
the preceded ed by
sandhi by
1. íO\" ì# Z ìpuZ X"S"# + ZP"# = X"S"puZP"#$
ì# {“ ìpu {“ @¡# + {“A"{O" = @¡pu {“A"{O"$
ì# \" ìpu \" F>pe"# + \"Q{O" = F>pe"pu \"Q{O"$
ì# Bp ìpu Bp Y"ðp# + BppS"X"o = Y"ðppu BppS"X"o$
ì# R" ìpu R" O"uG"# + R"S"X"o = O"uG"pu R"S"X"o
ì# ì ìpu& @¡# + ì{T" = @¡pu&{T"$
_"# + ì{T" = _"pu&{T"$
2. _"O\" ì# O"o ì_O"o S"X"# + O"u = S"X"_O"u$
ì# Jo> ìÍo> ZpX"# + J>r@¡O"u = ZpX"Í>r@¡O"u$
ì# E"o ìÆ" @¡# + {E"O"o = @¡{Æ"O"o
ìpBpEF>{O"$
ì# ò ì ò ZpX"# + òEF>{O" = ZpX" òEF>{O"
ì# í ì í @¡# + í\"pE" = @¡ í\"pE"$
ìp# ìp ìp ìp S"Zp# + ìpY"p[SO" = S"Zp ìpY"p[SO"$
V"p“p# + ìpBpEF>[SO" = V"p“p
ìpBpEF>[SO"$
ìp# Bp ìp Bp Qu\"p# + ìpBpEF>[SO" = Qu\"p
BpEF>[SO"$
Lesson 62.
The Alphabet
\"Npê - {\"E"pZ#
A) Evolution of Sound.
As Sadhakas, let us introduce ourselves to the world of sounds.... ðpVQT"øT"ú"$ The cause of the
world of things.... ìP"êT"øT"ú" .... is T"ZX"uÄ"Z. In the context of sound, T"ZX"uÄ"Z is ðpVQV"øÏ"S"o$ The
entire world is said to be born of ðpVQ ... ðpVQT"øpW"\"$ Evolution is the result of the self
movement _T"SQS" of Shiva-Shakti. The line of evolution is from the subtle to the gross. There
are five stages to the emanation of sound.
1. The first is T"Zp which is absolutely supreme and subtle. This can best be described as
the storehouse from which inspirations would first emerge.
2. The second is T"ðY"SO"r which is less subtle but is still undifferentiated. This would be
the inspiration that would eventually give rise to a thought or an idea.
3. The third is X"RY"X"p which is grosser and undifferentiated, though not articulate. This is
actual thought process which goes into concretizing the idea.... a plan of action.
4. Articulate sound is called \"vA"Zr which further takes two forms: subtle and gross. It is
from that that all the letters \"Npê, words T"Q and sentences \"p×Y" are manifested. The
subtle forms of these letters are the mantras. The gross takes the form of the
language we use.
\"Npê# is that form of sound which cannot be broken up further into smaller parts. It is
ìb"ZX"o$ S" b"Z{O" ò{O" ìb"ZX"o$ S"pQ or R\"{S" ....sound .....can never be
therefore also called
destroyed. That ìb"ZX"o, when it is in a written form is called the \"Npê#$ Over a period of time
both words have now become interchangeable.
ìb"Z s, when put together to intelligently express thoughts and feelings is called the T"Q$ A
group of T"Q s form a \"p×Y" ; and \"p×Y" s put together so that another may understand what
one wishes to express, then becomes language W"p^"p$ The Sanskrit script, is called Qu\"S"pBpZr$
B) \"Nppê#
Let's go over the list of \"Nppê# again. The divisions that you see below have been made by Panini
and described in his 'Ashtadhyayi.' We need to study this so that we are better able to
understand how Panini worked at his grammar.
_\"Zp#
ì, ò, í, h¡, “w (ã_\"_\"Zp#) are pronounced in one matra ( a measure of time almost equal
to one second )
ìp, òê, î¡, h¡w¡, “%, ï, ïu, ìpu, ìpv (QrC"ê_\"Zp#) are pronounced in two matras
ì3, ò3, í3, h¡3, “w3, ï3, ïu3, ìpu3, ìpv3 (T“sO"_\"Zp#).... used when calling out to
someone and take more than two matras to be pronounced.
\Y"ý"S"p{S"
\"BprêY"\Y"ý"S"p{S"
1 2 3 4 5
@s¡ ò{O" T"p{Np{S"# (@¡\"Bpê) @o¡ A"o Bpo C"o Do>
E"s ò{O" T"p{Np{S"# (E"\"Bpê) E"o Fo> G"o H"o I"o
Level 1 - Month 17 Lessons 62 - 64 392/443
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 17
ì\"BprêY"\Y"ý"S"p{S"
Y"o, Zo, “o, \"o (ìSO"#_P"p# )
ðpo, ^"o, _"oo,`o (í^X"pNp#)
ao, b"o
ao, b"o and “% are not included in Panini's work, who dealt with only the language in use and not
what is originally in the Vedas. But we shall keep them in anyway.... just so that we do not
forget them.
í‚"pZNpX"o
Your teacher will help you pronounce the _\"Zp#, ìY"puBp\"p`p#, and the \Y"ý"S"p{S" ,
I'll just supply a table that you can refer to. The beauty here is that this classification works
in various ways. It helps making and breaking sandhis, writing out words with ìS"sS"p{_"@¡ s
and understanding the relationships of each "family group" ... how one letter can be
substituted for another and ideas like that…. For example, you would have often seen both O"O"o
and O"Qo $ It also helps us understand why Parama Poojya Swamiji pronounces eY"XV"@¡X"z
Y"G"pX"`u the way He does.
\"Nppê# íOT"[OO"_P"pS"p{S" _P"pS"G"SY"\"NpêS"pX"p{S"
ì ìp ì3 @¡NK> @¡NK÷#
@¡ A" Bp C" D>
` {\"_"Bpê (#) b"
Level 1 - Month 17 Lessons 62 - 64 393/443
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 17
ò òê ò3 O"p“s O"p“\Y"#
E" F> G" H" I"
Y" ðp
h¡ h¡w h¡3¡ X"tR"pê X"tR"êSY"#
J> K> L> M> Np
Z ^" a
“w “% “w3 QSO"p# QSOY"#
O" P" Q R" S"
“ _"
í î¡ í3 ìpvÎ>pv ìpvÎ>÷
T" U¡ V" W" X"
íT"RX"pS"rY"# (:T" : U¡ )
( actually the two smilies I've
mentioned earlier)
D> I" Np S" X" S"p{_"@¡p @¡NK÷p{Q# ìS"sS"p{_"@¡#
ï ïu @¡NK>O"p“s @¡NK>O"p“\Y"#
ìpu ìpv @¡NK>puÍ>X"o @¡NK>puÎ>÷
\" QSO"puÎ>X"o QSO"puÎ>÷
{G"ˆpX"t“rY"# (:@¡ : A") {G"ˆpX"t“rX"o {G"ˆpX"t{“Y"#
( smilies again.)
ìS"s_\"pZ# S"p{_"@¡p -
b" is a \"Npê# that has been given a position of equal standing in the \"NpêX"p“p in the Vedas.
Sanskrit grammar, whether modern or classical, visualizes it as @o¡ + ^"o and you will therefore
However, we have retained all the \"Nppê# that are in the original \"NpêX"p“p$
This has an important effect on pronunciations.
The {\"_"Bpê carries forward the sound of the letter just before it.
Going by this, if the {\"_"Bpê were to be followed by b"o which, according to grammar a @o¡ + ^"o
the {\"_"Bpê should have been forcefully expressed. But it is not. In this case, the {\"_"Bpê does
what it is supposed to do....it carries forward the sound of the letter just before it.
C) Maheshwar Sutras.
X"p`uÄ"Z-_"te"p{Np
X"`{^"ê# T"p{Np{S"# _"z_@w¡O"\Y"p@¡ZNp_Y" T"øR"pS"pE"pY"ê$ T"p{NpS"u# T"t\"êX"{T" ìS"u@u¡ \"vY"p@¡ZNpp# ìp_"S"o$
{@¡SO"s O"u^"pz BpøSP"p# ìüO\"u ìc"pO"p# ì“VR"pÆ"$ “WY"X"pS"u^"s BpøSP"u^"s X"`pX"sS"u# T"p{NpS"u# BpøSP"#
T"øpE"rS"O"X"#$
T"p{Np{S"# V"pÚY"@¡p“u X"`pX"SQV"s{«# ìp_"rO"o ò{O" X"SY"O"u$ V"p“@¡# _"# {\"üpG"êS"pY" @¡X"{T"
ìpE"pY"êX"o íT"pBpEF>O"o$ {@¡SO"s ì{E"Zz _"# ìpE"pY"êBpw`pO"o {S"^@¡p{_"O"# ìW"\"O"o$ O"uS" ìT"X"pS"uS"
ìO"r\" Ql#{A"O"# T"p{Np{S"# ìZNY"z BpO\"p @¡K>puZpz O"T"_Y"pX"o ì@¡ZpuO"o$ O"e" ìSY"u @u¡E"S"
{_"«T"sà^"p# W"Bp\"O"# ðpŠ¡Z_Y" íT"p_"S"pz @s¡\"ê[SO" _X"$ O"u^"pz _"\"uê^"pz O"T"_Y"Y"p _"SO"sÍ># X"`pQu\"#
ìp{\"W"êY" _"\"uêWY"# \"ZY"pE"S"pY" ì@¡P"Y"O"o$ T"øOY"u@z¡ O"T"_\"r _\"@¡”Y"z X"S"puZP"z SY"\"uQY"O"o$ _"\"uê^"pz
Level 1 - Month 17 Lessons 62 - 64 395/443
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 17
2. h¡ “w @o¡
3. ï ìpu Do>
4. ïu ìpv E"o
6. “ Npo
14. ` “o$
Panini has based his entire grammatical work on these sutras. To avoid a detailed recital of the
letters, he used what is called the T"øOY"p`pZ . It is very much what you would see advertised in
a shop window " A-Z available here." Rather than list what he has, the shopkeeper, in his A-Z,
has conveyed the fact that he stores all that you need.
Similarly, when Panini wished to list only the _\"Zp# , he just said ìE"o and no more. Look at
the sutras again. Which sutra has the ì ? The first. Which sutra ends in E"o ? The fourth.
Level 1 - Month 17 Lessons 62 - 64 396/443
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 17
Ignore every \"Npê with the `“SO" . They are called òO"o \"Nppê# and are only indicatory letters
which disappear the minute the purpose of indication has been fulfilled.
List all the letters that are in the four sutras and hey presto, you have a list of all the _\"Zp#$
Let's take another example. H"ðpo would be all the \"Npê s in the 3rd and 4th column. Gottitt??
The peculiarity of the T"øOY"p`pZ s is that they can start from any \"Npê$ They may begin with a
\"Npê coming from the middle of the group, but they must end with an òO"o \"Npê#$
Panini then worked on 41 such T"øOY"p`pZ s in his ìÍ>pRY"pY"r$ Npo comes twice as an òO"o \"Npê#$
Whenever you have to choose the first, (1) will be written against the T"øOY"p`pZ$ Whenever you
have to choose the second, (2) will be written against that T"øOY"p`pZ. Shall we try work with
You would have heard of _"sSQZX"o and it's relative _"pvSQY"êX"o. It is apparent that the í and ìpv
are connected. What has happened here is a \"w{« . It is often difficult to remember these
terms…. BpsNp, \"s{« , QrC"ê, _"XT"ø_"pZNp$ So here is a list you can refer to when foxed by
Lesson 62 A B
Exercises with the Maheshwara-Sutrani
Worksheets
3. ò@o¡
4. í@o¡
5. ïDo>
6. ìE"o
7. òE"o
8. ïE"o
9. ïuE"o
10. ìJo>
12. òNpo
13. Y"Npo
14. ìX"o
15. Y"X"o
16. I"X"o
17. D>X"o
18. Y"I"o
19. H"^"o
20. ìðpo
21. `ðpo
22. \"ðpo
23. G"ðpo
24. H"ðpo
25. V"ðpo
26. F>\"o
27. Y"Y"o
28. X"Y"o
29. A"Y"o
30. E"Y"o
31. Y"Zo
32. H"Zo
33. A"Zo
34. E"Zo
35. ðpZo
36. ì“o
37. `“o
38. \"“o
39. Z“o
40. H"“o
41. ðp“o
You do not need answers for this worksheet, do you? That's why the lesson is named 62 A B.
Lesson 63
\Y"ý"S"-_"[SR"#
Vyanjan Sandhi.
"Sandhi's not my cuppatea," was my refrain…. till I realized that a sandhi was exactly what I
O.K…. so if it is such a common thing in speech, couldai find egzamples a plenty? Butsurely you
betcha bottondollar I could! Not only in English but in every language as well.
natural as sandhi. What happens is that a student who studies the science first becomes quite
dizzy with all the information, so I have here tried to provide the smelling salts.
It's not so bad….. I've survived and so will you. Let's tagjust one
stepatatime.
To make \Y"ý"S"-_"[SR"# easy to memorize and recall at a later date, let's go over how the
consonants are classified again.
3. G"ðpO\"
a H"“pz G"ðppu&SO"u$ H"“o ( all the any _\"Z or a corresponding
and \"o )
Concrete W"o R"o VR"o “W"o + R"# = “VR"#
examples…
V"s{«#$
4. E"O\"ê
A"qZ E"$ H"“o ( all the @¡K>puZ \Y"IG"S" corresponding
replaced by “o
S"o “o S"o is replaced by
a nasal “o$
concrete O"o “o “o QvSY"pO"o + “puW"# =
examples…
QvSY"p„puW"#
S"o “o nasal “o d«p\"pS"o + “W"O"u
= d«p\"py„W"O"u$
Level 1 - Month 17 Lessons 62 - 64 406/443
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 17
6 ìS"sS"p{_"@¡_"[SR"#
a Y"Zpu &S"sS"p{_"@u¡ Y"Zo includes all followed by a Is replaced by
nasal its own
&S"sS"p{_"@¡pu \"p$ the consonants (I"o,X"o,Do>,Npo,S"o ) corresponding
excepting `o $ nasal, optionally.
Y"Zo occurring at
the end of a T"Q
Concrete O"o X"o SX"o +¡puR"pO"o + X"pu`# =
examples…
+¡puR"pSX"pu`# /
+¡puR"pQo X"pu`#
b T"øOY"Y"u W"p^"pY"pz Y"Zo T"øOY"Y" ending in is replaced by
its own
{S"OY"X"o X"o corresponding
nasal,
compulsorily
concrete Qo T"øOY"Y"pS"sS"p{_"@¡# ìS"sS"p{_"@¡# {E"Qo + X"Y"X"o =
examples…
{E"SX"Y"X"o
7. ìS"s_\"pZ
No need for a
tabular note. All
details at the end
of this Sandhi
chapter.
(_\"Zp# + `o Y"o
\"o Zo “o +
ìS"sS"p{_"@¡p#$
concrete S"o E"o /Fo> ðpyo / ðpzo O"pS"o + E" = O"pyÆ"
examples…
/ O"pzÆ"
S"o Jo> / Ko> ^"yo / ^"zo O"pS"o + K>СpZpS"o =
O"pyÎ>Š¡pZpS"o/
O"pzΊ¡pZpS"o>
S"o O"o / R"o _"yo / _"zo ì_X"pS"o + O"pZY"
= ì_X"py_O"pZY"/
ì_X"pz_O"pZY"
ìT"\"pQ# T"øðppS"o _"[SR"# S" W"\"{O" T"øðppS"o + O"S"pu{O"
This rule does = T"øðppS"o O"S"pu{O"$
not apply to
T"øðppS"o
1) Æ"sO\" _"[SR"#
Whenever there is a combination of _"o or O"o \"Bpê (O"o, P"o, Qo, R"o, S"o) WITH (either before or
after) ðpo or with the E"\"Bpê (E"o, Fo>, G"o, H"o I"o ) the _"o changes into ðpo and the O" \"Bpê
X"X"pT"S"süp-üEF>pu@¡X"sEF>pu^"Np{X"[SçY"pNppX"o
X"X" ìT"S"süpO"o Y"O"o ðppu@¡X"o íO"o - ðppu^"NpX"o ò[SçY"pNppX"o ( To figure out why ðpo has become Fo>
, look at the next sandhi… ðpðF>pu&{J> $)
If H"Y"o (first four of a \"Bpê ) is followed by ðpo then that ðpo is optionally replaced by Fo>$
If the ðpo is followed by ìJo> , then if the H"Y"o \"Npê is a Qo , it will be converted into a G"o (_O"pu#
Æ"sS"p Æ"s# ) and then that G"o is converted into a E"o (A"qZ E" ....Refer to Sandhi No. 4 ). If it is
a O"o , then it is replaced by E"o (_O"pu# Æ"sS"p Æ"s#) $
In O"s + ðpo , the O"s changes to E"s and the ðpo changes to Fo> OR remains ðpo$
X"X"pT"S"süp-üEF>pu@¡X"sEF>pu^"Np{X"[SçY"pNppX"o
X"X" ìS"sT"üpO"o Y"O"o ðppu@¡X"o íO"o - ðppu^"NpX"o ò[SçY"pNppX"o
This could have been written as
X"X"pT"S"süp-üEðppu@¡X"sEðppu^"Np{X"[SçY"pNppX"o
Ís>S"pÍs>#
Fully stated, _O"pu# Ís>S"pÍs>#$ Here, in this sutra, the _O"pu# is drawn from a previous sutra.
_"o and a \"Npê belonging to O"s, in close proximity with ^"o and a \"Npê belonging Js> are replaced by ^"o
and a \"Npê belonging to Js>$
Whenever there is a combination of _"o or O" \"Bpê (O"o, P"o, Qo, R"o, S"o ) WITH ^"o or with the J>
\"Bpê (Jo>, Ko>, Lo>, Mo>, Npo ) the _"o changes into ^"o and the O" \"Bpê changes into its corresponding J>
\"Bpê$
ZpX"_"o + ^"Î># = ZpX"^^"Î>#
ò^"o + O"# = òÍ>#$
{\"^"o + S"s# = {\"^Nps#
@w¡^"o + S"# = @w¡^Np#
3) G"ðpO\" _"[SR"#
a) H"“pz G"ðppu&SO"u $
Fully stated, T"Q_Y" ìSO"u H"“pz G"ðp# $
Whenever there is a combination of H"“o ( all the consonants {minus the ìS"sS"p{_"@¡\Y"IS"p{S" },
Y"o Zo “o and \"o ) WITH any _\"Z or a X"wQl \Y"ý"S", it changes into its corresponding G"ðpo ( the
third \"Npê of each \"Bpê ) , This happens only if the sandhi taking place is between two different
words. If the sandhi is in the word itself then H"“pz G"ðpo H"{ðp is followed. (Basically it is the
same sandhi but given a different name.)
`o having the same place of utterance as @¡ \"Bpê (@¡NK> ) will be replaced with that
corresponding \"Npê$
ðpo having the same place of utterance as E" \"Bpê (O"p“s ) will be replaced with that
corresponding \"Npê $
^"o having the same place of utterance as J> \"Bpê (X"tR"pê ) will be replaced with that corresponding
\"Npê$
_"o having the same place of utterance as O" \"Bpê (QSO"p# ) will be replaced by that corresponding
\"Npê$
{Q@o¡ + ìXV"Z# = {QBpXV"Z#$
1. S" {` T"øT"ðY"p{X" X"X"pT"S"süp-
üEF>pu@¡X"sEF>pu^"Np{X"[SçY"pNppX"o $
ì\"pTY" W"tX"p\"_"T"OS"X"w«X"o
ZpGY"z _"sZpNppX"{T" E"p{R"T"OY"X"o : Bpr0 2-8 :
X"X"pT"S"süpüEF>pu@¡X"sEF>pu^"Np{X"[SçY"pNppX"o $
Level 1 - Month 17 Lessons 62 - 64 412/443
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 17
3. ìpÆ"Y"pêOT"ðY"{O" @¡{Æ"QuS"-
X"pÆ"Y"ê\"ŸQ{O" O"P"v\" E"pSY"# $
ìpÆ"Y"ê\"‚"vS"X"SY"# ÜpwNppu{O"
dsO\"pTY"uS"z \"uQ S" E"v\" @¡{Æ"O"o : Bpr0 2-29 :
@¡{Æ"QuS"X"o = @¡{Æ"O"o ïS"X"o
ìpÆ"Y"ê\"ŸQ{O" = ìpÆ"Y"ê\"O"o \"Q{O"
4) E"O\"ê _"[SR"#
A"qZ E" $
Fully stated, A"qZ T"Zu H"“pz E"Zo $ Here, in this sutra, the E"Zo (first consonant of each \"Bpê# +
ðpo, ^"o, _"o) is drawn from a previous sutra.
Whenever there is a combination of H"“o WITH a @¡K>puZ \Y"ý"S",
followed by a @¡K>puZ\Y"ý"S"X"o )
5) O"pu{“ê
Fully stated, O"pu# (^"J÷SO" O"s ) {“ (“@¡pZu T"Zu ) T"Z_"\"Npê# $
A consonant of O"\"Bpê followed by “o is replaced by one homogenous with the latter - T"Z_"\"Npê -
in this case, “o $
a T"Q is :
2) when it appears at the end of a T"Q or at the end of a sentence, it remains as it is.
Level 1 - Month 17 Lessons 62 - 64 416/443
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 17
H"“o - Y"ðppz{_" $
d) ìS"s_\"pZ_Y" Y"{Y" T"Z_"\"Npê# $
When ìS"s_\"pZ is followed by a Y"Y"o \"Npê it is replaced by an ìS"sS"p{_"@¡ which is homogenous
to the latter. T"Š¡G"# $ _"{ú"O"# $ @¡NK> $ @¡pSO"p $
8) S"ðF>\Y"T"øðppS"o $ (Cracked it!!!! Here's why it is @¡[_X"z{Æ"O"o and not @¡[_X"{ú"O"o !!!!)
S"o occurring at the end of a T"Q is replaced by à if followed by a F>\"o and then by an ìX"o $
This rule does not apply to T"øðppS"o ( an avyaya meaning "tranquil") , ( Please have a look at the
table for clear examples.)
Thus
@¡[_X"S"o {E"O"o @¡[_X"Zo {E"O"o $ S"ðF>\Y"T"øðppS"o $
=
This Zo is replaced by the {\"_"Bpê and later by _"o $ Then the _"[SR"# rules are followed to give
either a @¡[_X"y{Æ"O"o $
or a @¡[_X"z{Æ"O"o $
= W"\"pyÆ"Z{O" / W"\"pzÆ"Z{O" $
You may not require to know any more sandhis than the ones listed in this lesson. If you do
come across undecipherable ones, please write. We'll respond to individual requests.
Lesson 64.
_"X"p_"-{\"E"pZ#
Samas Vichar.
A long long time ago, everything that needed to be passed from generation to generation
was done in the form of verse. Verse was the only means of ensuring that knowledge was
protected. It may have been years since we've left school, but who has forgotten 'Jack and
Jill'? Prose, on the other hand, has been relegated to the back alleys of our mind.
In the midst of all this poetic creativity, a natural problem reared its head. Sanskrit is the
only language in the classical world which makes use of T"øOY"Y". The use of T"øOY"Y"s helps every
single word to have an identity and a meaning of its very own. But fitting the word + T"øOY"Y" into
a metre in verse form was a difficult task indeed. "What to do?" asked a poet. "No problem!
Let's create a shortcut," said another. And _"X"p_" came into being. _"X"p_", _" X" _" was the
original SMS… Short Message Service. Be proud guys, we created it!!!!!!
I kid you not. There does exist such a verb: ì`z _"X"_Y"p{X" does indeed mean 'I am creating a
synopsis…. or in our layman terms… a shortcut.'
_"X"p_" allows a person to string two words together to form one single word. And "ishortcut
ishtyle" the first word is written without an appropriate T"øOY"Y". For example instead of saying
T"ø Zpc"# T"se"# I'd say ZpG"T"se"# and still make complete sense.
Why does Devdas have to romance his love with a long drawn out, "You have such a beautiful
face just like the moon!" All he'd do is say " ì{Y" E"SçX"s{A"" Devdas too, by the way, is a
_"X"p_" word. Qu\"_Y" Qp_"#, Qu\"Qp_"# $ The difference between a _"[SR"# and a _"X"p_"# would be
that in the former, two letters combine to form a single whole letter or a conjoined letter(
either in the middle of a word or between two words to form a single word) and in the latter,
two words are placed side by side (without the need for a _"[SR"# to take place) to form a
single word.
In a _"X"p_"# , the _"X"_O"T"Q is the compound word… Qu\"Qp_"# $ {\"Bpø` is when you break it up
Naturally, it is with time that you will figure out in which combinations these work out, for
example Qp_"Qu\"# would not be correct. And it is with time that you will figure out which words
can be made a _"X"p_" of. For example, \"S"T"øpTO"# is allowed and NOT \"S"T"øpTO"\"pS"o $ Not to
worry. In this case at least …Time will wait for the Sanskrit enthusiast!
Note:
This lesson is to help you figure out what _"X"p_" words mean whenever you come across them
in your course of reading. You also now have the wherewithal to form your own combination
words intelligently.
Another thing to remember is that people are all made differently. Many a time you will find
that someone may have formed a _"X"p_" in one way and you may prefer another. Both may be
correct. So just relax and enjoy learning something new.
_"X"p_" can be divided into 6 classes according to the sense that they convey when dissolved.
ŸSŸpv {ŸBpsZ{T" E"p`z X"QoBpu`u {S"OY"X"\Y"Y"rW"p\"# $
O"OT"sà^" @¡X"êR"pZY" Y"uS"p`z _Y"pz V"`l\"ør{`# :
For our convenience, I have divided them into 9 groups. I have been better able to retain the
information with a wider classification like that.
For example: Qu\"Qp_"# = Qu\"_Y" Qp_"# $ The first part of the word is simply an
apt description of the second. We are talking about the Qp_"# here and not the
Qu\"#$
3. @¡X"êR"pZY"# In this _"X"p_", one word is an adjective of the other. It is a part of
the O"OT"sà^"# but we shall list it separately for convenience's sake. For
4. {ŸBps# In this _"X"p_", which is a part of the @¡X"êR"pZY"# the first word is a
Y"_Y" _"# $ Here, we are neither giving importance to the moon or to the
forehead but the Person who is adorned so: Shiva.
together and the {\"W"{◊¡ of the first word remains intact, then _"X"p_"# takes
place. Depending on the _"X"p_"# itself, it can be any of the above _"X"p_"# $ For
'the absence' of something, this _"X"p_"# is used. For example: ì{\"CS"# = S"
{\"CS"# $
9. íT"T"Q_"X"p_"# see how the noun is described here.. ìW"Y"Š¡Z# = ìW"Y"z @¡Zpu{O"
ò{O" $
_"X"p_"# is a vast topic. Sorry, I made a mistake, a VAST TOPIC. We need to be practical
about such things. We can't handle it all at this stage. Let's go over a few details to help us
decode what we may most often come across. A tabular column will help.
1. ì\Y"Y"rW"p\"_"X"p_"# $
You will recognize the ì\Y"Y"rW"p\"_"X"p_"# in words
1. Where the first part of the word is an ì\Y"Y" or a {S"T"pO" ({S"T"pO"p# are particles which
possess no gender and number and the case termination after which is dropped or
elided. For exampleE"pQY"# (E" and others) and T"øpQY"# (T"ø and others)
2. The second part of the word is a noun (_"Ic"p).
4. The combined word _"X"_O"T"QX"o is different from the {\"Bpø`#, because the conveys a
2. O"OT"sà^"_"X"p_"# $
O"OT"sà^"_"X"p_"# is that _"X"p_"# wherein the first word-part's {\"W"[×O"-T"øOY"Y" is dropped.
Depending on which {\"W"[×O"-T"øOY"Y" that first part would have taken if broken into it's
{\"Bpø`# , the O"OT"sà^"_"X"p_"# is given that particular name. For example: {ŸO"rY"pO"OT"sà^"# $
Go over the short explanation of O"OT"sà^"_"X"p_"# at the very beginning of this lesson.
Note: The word O"OT"sà^"# itself will help you remember what _"X"p_"# this involves. O"_Y" T"sà^"# =
O"OT"sà^"# !!
_"X"_O"T"QX"o {\"Bpø`#
{ŸO"rY"pO"OT"sà^"# ðpZNppBpO"# ðpZNpX"o ìpBpO"#
Ql#A"pO"rO"# Ql#A"X"o ìO"rO"#
@w¡^Npp{dO"# @w¡^NpX"o ìp{dO"#
BpøpX"T"øpTO"# BpøpX"z T"øpTO"#
ðppu@¡T"{O"O"# ðppu@z¡ T"{O"O"#
X"uC"pOY"_O"# X"uC"X"o ìOY"_O"#
W"Y"X"pT"SS"# W"Y"X"o ìpT"SS"#
BpøpX"BpX"r BpøpX"z BpX"r
ìSS"V"sW"sb"s# ìSS"z V"sW"sb"s#
O"wO"rY"pO"OT"sà^"# V"pNpp`O"# V"pNpuS" ìp`O"#
Level 1 - Month 17 Lessons 62 - 64 425/443
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 17
_"X"_O"T"QX"o {\"Bpø`#
E"O"sP"rêO"OT"sà^"# @s¡NL>“{`ZNY"X"o @s¡NL>“pY" {`ZNY"X"o
Y"tT"Qpà Y"tT"pY" Qpà
@s¡XW"X"w[OO"@¡p @s¡XW"pY" X"w[OO"@¡p
{ŸG"pP"ê# {ŸG"pY" ìY"X"o
for eg: _"tT"#
Note:
The compound BpsàQ{b"Npp cannot be separated into BpsZ\"u Q{b"Npp$ The {\"Bpø`# has to be BpsZpu#
Q{b"Npp$
_"X"_O"T"QX"o {\"Bpø`#
T"ú"X"rO"OT"sà^"# E"puZW"Y"X"o E"puZpO"o W"Y"X"o
\"w@¡W"r{O"# \"w@¡pO"o W"r{O"#
\Y"pC"øW"rO"# \Y"pC"øpO"o W"rO"#
ìY"ðppuW"r# ìY"ðp_"# W"r#
BpøpX"{S"BpêO"# BpøpX"pO"o {S"BpêO"#
ìR"X"êG"sBpsT_"s# ìR"X"pêQo G"sBpsT_"s#
Level 1 - Month 17 Lessons 62 - 64 427/443
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 17
_"X"_O"T"QX"o {\"Bpø`#
T"øp{Q O"OT"sà^"# T"øpE"pY"ê# T"øBpO"# ìpE"pY"ê#
T"ø{T"O"pX"`# T"øBpO"# {T"O"pX"`#
ì{O"X"Y"pêQ# ì{O"+¡pSO"# X"Y"pêQX"o
T"øOY"b"# T"ø{O"BpO"# ìb"X"o
íŸu“# íÿO"# \"u“pX"o
{S"Bpêw`# {S"BpêO"# Bpw`pO"o
3. @¡X"êR"pZY"_"X"p_"# $
This one is really simple. Whenever two words, one which is an adjective of the other, are
combined, you have a @¡X"êR"pZY"_"X"p_"#$ So you will have a combination of a {\"ðpu^"Np and a
{\"ðpu^Y", an íT"X"pS" and an íT"X"uY" , Since one is a {\"ðpu^"Np of the other, naturally, when a
{\"Bpø`# is formed, both the words will be in the same {\"W"[×O"# $
You may see the words E" ì_"pv, ò\", ï\", in the {\"Bpø`# to reinforce the relationship
between the two words.
_"s meaning "beautiful/ good" and @s¡ (@s¡[O_"O") meaning "bad" are added to words to form a
@¡X"êR"pZY"_"X"p_"#$
Note:
Why has this particular _"X"p_"# been called @¡X"êR"pZY" ? Simple.
Let's look at an example… S"r“puOT"“X"o$ íOT"“z S"r“\"Np| R"pZY"p{O"$ S"r“z becomes the object in
the sentence.
Similarly, BpsàQu\"# $ Bpsà# Qu\"_Y" T"Qz R"pZY"{O"$ Alternatively it could be: Qu\"# BpsZpu# àT"z
R"pZY"{O"$ If you look at the examples in the tabular column, you'll begin to see how one of the
words "becomes" the object of the other.
Even if that may not be an authentic explanation, why must we reject it if it helps us
remember what the @¡X"êR"pZY"_"X"p_"# is?!!
@¡X"êR"pZY"_"X"p_"# _"X"_O"T"QX"o {\"Bpø`#
X"`pQu\"# X"`pS"o E" ì_"pv Qu\"#
@w¡^Np_"T"ê# @w¡^Np# _"T"ê#
S"r“puOT"“X"o S"r“X"o íOT"“X"o
QrC"êZGG"s# QrC"pê ZGG"s#
@s¡_"sX"@¡puX"“X"o @s¡_"sX"X"o ò\" @¡puX"“X"o
E"SçX"sA"X"o E"Sç ò\" X"sA"X"o
X"sA"T"èX"o X"sA"z T"èX"o ò\"
X"sA"@¡X"“X"o X"sA"z @¡X"“X"o ò\"
Level 1 - Month 17 Lessons 62 - 64 430/443
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 17
4. {ŸBps_"X"p_"# $
_"X"p_" with numbers!! Just the examples themselves will help you figure out what is what!
5. ŸSŸ_"X"p_"# $
Just take a look at the examples. Easy.
Between every word, be sure to add the E" . A compound of two words will be dual and a
compound of more than two will be in the plural. A point to be noted is that words beginning
with a vowel and words ending in ì@¡pZpSO" should come first.
_"X"_O"T"QX"o {\"Bpø`#
`qZ`Zpv `qZÆ" `ZÆ" (ò@¡pZpSO" words before ì@¡pZpSO")
òêðp@w¡^Nppv òêðpÆ" @w¡^NpÆ"
ìÄ"ZP"uSçp# / òSçpÄ"ZP"p# ìÄ"Æ" ZP"Æ" òSçÆ"
{ðp\"@u¡ðp\"pv {ðp\"Æ" @u¡ðp\"Æ"
Bpør^X"\"_"SO"pv Bpør^X"Æ" \"_"SO"Æ"
`uX"SO"{ðp{ðpZ\"_"SO"p# `uX"SO"Æ" {ðp{ðpZÆ" \"_"SO"Æ"
X"pO"p{T"O"Zpv X"pO"p E" {T"O"p E"
T"p{NpT"pQX"o T"p{Np E" T"pQpv E" ïO"u^"pz _"X"p`pZ#
Z{P"@¡pÄ"pZpu`X"o Z{P"@¡pÆ" ìÜ\"pZpu`pÆ" ïO"u^"pz _"X"p`pZ#
@¡p@¡pu“t@¡X"o @¡p@¡Æ" í“t@¡Æ" ìS"Y"pu# _"X"p`pZ#
T"se"T"pve"X"o T"se"Æ" T"pve"Æ" ìS"Y"pu# _"X"p`pZ#
Qp_"rQp_"X"o Qp_"r E" Qp_"Æ" ìS"Y"pu# _"X"p`pZ#
_"X"_O"T"QX"o {\"Bpø`#
\"wb"pv \"wb"Æ" \"wb"Æ"
{T"O"Zpv X"pO"p E" {T"O"p E"
W"øpO"Zpv W"øpO"p E" _\"_"p E"
T"se"pv T"se"Æ" Ql{`O"p E"
`z_"pv `z_"Æ" `z_"r E"
O"pv _" E" ZpX"Æ"
Y"pv _" E" Y"Æ"
W"\"SO"# W"\"SO"Æ" W"\"SO"Æ"
\"Y"X"o Y"tY"z E" \"Y"z E"
ZpX"pv ZpX"Æ" ZpX"Æ"
6. V"`l\"ør{`#
Read our simple explanation again of this particular _"X"p_"# (given at the beginning of the
lesson) then let's move on. You'll find either both the words of the {\"Bpø`# in the same
{\"W"[×O"# or they may be in different {\"W"[×O"#s.
Since we are talking about someone else altogether, you need to describe the compound by
adding a Y"z _"#, Y"uS" _"#, Y"_Y"p# _"p and the like.
In other cases you'll see compounds formed by a combination of _"` with the O"wO"rY"p
{\"W"[×O"# $
Note:
The word V"`l\"ør{`# itself means "a person who has plenty of rice". In other words, a wealthy
man. A long time ago, parents would give their daughter in marriage to Mr. V"`l\"ør{`# who
would have the capacity to look after their child well. It won't be difficult now to connect this
word to what the _"X"p_"# implies.
_"X"_O"T"QX"o {\"Bpø`#
same {\"W"[×O"#
T"øTO"puQ@¡# T"øpTO"X"o íQ@z¡ Y"z _"$
`O"ðpe"s# (ZpG"p) `O"p ðpe"\"# Y"uS" _"#$
@w¡O"W"puG"S"# @w¡O"z W"puG"S"z Y"uS" _"#$
ìR"rO"@¡p\Y"p ìR"rO"z @¡p\Y"z Y"Y"p _"p$
R"wO"T"s^T"p R"wO"p{S" T"s^T"p{Np Y"Y"p _"p$
QSO"W"puG"S"X"o QOO"z W"puG"S"z Y"_X"v _"#$
({W"b"s@¡#)
QðppS"S"#, E"O"sZpS"S"
Level 1 - Month 17 Lessons 62 - 64 435/443
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 17
E"O"sX"sêA"#, T"èY"pu{S"#
\"rZT"sà^"# (BpøpX"#) \"rZp# T"sà^"p# Y"[_X"S"o _"#$
Different
{\"W"[×O"#s .
BpQpT"p{Np# BpQp T"pNppv Y"_Y" _"#$
BpLs>@¡NK># BpLs># @¡NK>u Y"_Y" _"#$
W"p“E"Sç# W"p“u E"Sç# Y"_Y" _"#$
E"SçX"pv{“# E"Sç# X"pv“pv Y"_Y" _"#$
{\"^"@¡NK># {\"^"z @¡NK>u Y"_Y" _"#$
@¡NK>u@¡p“# @¡NK>u @¡p“# Y"_Y" _"#$
with _"` _"T"se"#/_"`T"se"# T"se"uNp _"` \"O"êO"u ò{O"
(T"se"uNp _"{`O"# )
@¡T"o is also added òêÄ"Z@¡O"sê@¡# òêÄ"Z# @¡O"pê Y"_Y" _"# (h¡@¡pZpSO" T"s.)
when the last word
is a h¡@¡pZpSO" in
any gender, or is an
òê@¡pZpSO" or
í@¡pZpSO" ®r{“Œ
word
_"sðpr“X"pO"w@¡# _"sðpr“p X"pO"p Y"_Y" _"# (h¡@¡pZpSO" ®r.)
ìSS"R"pO"w@¡# ìSS"z R"pO"w Y"_Y" _"# (h¡@¡pZpSO" S"T"s.)
_"sSQZ\"R"t@¡# _"sSQZr \"R"t# Y"_Y" _"# (î¡@¡pZpSO" ®r.)
á¡T"\"O_e"r@¡# á¡T"\"O"r ®r Y"_Y" _"# (òê@¡pZpSO" ®r.)
7. ì“s@o¡ _"X"p_"# $
In cases where the {\"W"[×O" remains in the _"X"_O"T"QX"o, ì“s@o¡ _"X"p_"# is seen. It can be any
of the ones that we have studied in detail.
_"X"_O"T"QX"o {\"Bpø`#
Y"s{R"{Î>Z# Y"s{R" [_P"Z# _"TO"X"rO"OT"sà^"#
QlZpQpBpO"# QlZpO"o ìpBpO"# T"ú"X"rO"OT"sà^"#
Qp_"rT"se"# Qp_Y"p# T"se"# ^"Î>rO"OT"sà^"#
Bpu`uðptZ# Bpu`uðptZ# _"TO"X"rO"OT"sà^"#
T"Z_X"vT"QX"o T"Z_X"v T"QX"o E"O"sP"rêO"OT"sà^"#
ìpOX"S"uT"QX"o ìpOX"S"u T"QX"o E"O"sP"rêO"OT"sà^"#
Level 1 - Month 17 Lessons 62 - 64 437/443
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 17
8. S"I"o_"X"p_"# $
Add an ì if it is followed by a \Y"ý"S"X"o and an ìS" if followed by a _\"Z# $
_"X"_O"T"QX"o {\"Bpø`# ìP"ê
ì_"SQu`# S" _"SQu`#
ì{\"CS"# S" {\"CS"#
ìS"Ä"# S" ìÄ"#
ìS"pBpX"S"X"o S" ìpBpX"S"X"o
ì{\"\"pQ# S" {\"\"pQ#
ìT"Js># S" T"Js>#
ìS"sT"“[VR"# S" íT"“[VR"#
ìT"SP"p#/ìT"SP"X"o S" T"SP"p#
ìT"se"# ì{\"üX"pS"# T"se"# Y"_Y" _"#
ìS"T"OY"# ì{\"üX"pS"X"o ìT"OY"z Y"_Y" _"#
ìT"se"r@¡# ì{\"üX"pS"p T"se"r Y"_Y" _"#
ìT"øG"p# ì{\"üX"pS"# T"øG"p Y"_Y" _"#
ìX"uR"p# ì{\"üX"pS"p X"uR"p Y"_Y" _"#
9. íT"T"Q_"X"p_"#
This is a _"X"p_"# with íT"T"Qs. Here the word íT"T"Q stands for any noun.
_"X"_O"T"QX"o {\"Bpø`# ìP"ê
@s¡XW"@¡pZ# @s¡XW"z @¡Zpu{O" ò{O"
{S"ðpp@¡Z# {S"ðppz @¡Zpu{O" ò{O"
O"sSQT"qZX"wG"# O"sSQz T"qZX"p{Í>ê ò{O"
í^NpW"puG"r í^Npz W"sDo>×O"u ò{O"
_"puX"Y"pG"r _"puX"uS" òÍ>\"pS"o ò{O"
ðpp®@w¡O"o/ðpp®@¡pZ# ðpp®z @¡Zpu{O" ò{O"
W"p^Y"@¡pZ#/W"p^Y"@w¡O"o W"p^Y"z @¡Zpu{O" ò{O"
{T"øY"z\"Q# {T"øY"z \"Q{O" ò{O"
W"Y"Š¡Z# W"Y"z @¡Zpu{O" ò{O"
\"zðp\"Q# \"zðpz \"Q{O" ò{O"
ìW"Y"Š¡Z# ìW"Y"z @¡Zpu{O" ò{O"
R"S"Q# R"S"z QQp{O" ò{O"
Worksheets.
1) `^"ê# E" ìX"^"ê# E" W"Y"z E" íŸuBp# E" - `^"pêX"^"êW"Y"puŸuBpp# $ (ŸSŸ)
`^"pêX"^"êW"Y"puŸuBpv# X"s×O"# Y"# _"# - `^"pêX"^"êW"Y"puŸuBpvX"sê×O"p# $ (V"`l\"ør{`)
2) ðprO"z E" í^Npz E" _"sA"z E" Ql#A"z E" - ðprO"pu^Np_"sA"Ql#A"u^"s $ (ŸSŸ)
3) _"Œz {\"\"{G"êO"z Y"uS" _"# - _"Œ{\"\"{G"êO"# $ (V"`l\"ør{`)
***
Please do write in case you have any questions regarding this lesson. Hesitate not and thy
doubts shall be gone with the wind!
Lesson 65.
íT"@¡pZ@¡/@¡pZ@¡ - {\"W"[×O"#
{ŸO"rY"p {\"W"[×O"#
Level 2. The second vibhakti.
It is time that we take our study of Sanskrit to Level 2. You would have
developed quite a bit of understanding of the language by now. However,
when reading texts or when attempting to translate subhashitas, you might
find yourself wondering why a particular vibhakti has been used and not
another more 'logical' one. The answer is quite simple actually…. grammar
rules. And how!
I'll take you through each vibhakti and list out the words that compel you to
use a particular vibhakti. Explanations/examples follow after the list.
Let's understand a few technical terms first.
example when ever you use ì{W"O"# , which means 'all around', you
Whenever you use the following words, you must use the {ŸO"rY"p {\"W"[×O"#
You've already done a few in Level 1. This is the complete list.
The first vibhakti is used only to identify the subject and the number and
gender of the subject. It is not an íT"T"Q{\"W"[×O"# or a @¡pZ@¡{\"W"[×O"# $
{ŸO"rY"p {\"W"[×O"#>
ì\Y"Y"# 1. ‚›·þ£þ (between)
2. ‚›·þ£½µþ (without, excepting, with
reference to, regarding)
3. ì{W"O"#
4. íW"Y"O"#
5. œþ¹£·þ:
6. œÏ¹·þ
7. ¹¨þ›þþ
8. ¬þ¨þÄ·þ:
9. ¹›þˆÅ«þþ (near)
10. _"X"Y"p (near)
T"Q/R"pO"s# 1. @¡X"ê
2. Verbs signifying " to name", "to choose",
"to make" " to appoint" " to call" " to know"
" to consider" govern the accusative.
G"pS"p{X" O\"pz T"ø@w¡{O"T"sà^"X"o$ I know thee to be
the chief person.
3. BpX"o and all verbs that mean 'to go.'
(greater detail is given in the explanation)
4. T"ø{\"ðpo (also with the. _".{\". , and in the
^".{\". if ìSO"Z is used)
5. {\"ðpo (also with the. _".{\". , and in the
^".{\". if ìSO"Z is used)
6. T"øpT"o (destination)
7. ì{R" + ðpr ( General rule to follow: when
intransitive verbs are preceded by an
upasarga, they are governed by the
Accusative: ìS"s + \"wO"o = ìS"s\"O"êO"u to follow,
act according to; ìp + à`o = ìpZpu`{O"
ascend; ìS"s + R"p\"{O" = ìS"sR"p\"{O" to run
behind )
8. ì{R" + _P"p
9. ì{R" + ìp_"o
10. íT"- ìS"s- ì{R"- ìp- \"_"o
11. Y"G"o
12. words denoting duration of space and time
are put in the Accusative.
13. T"ø{NpT"O"o , T"øNpX"o ( also dative)
14. QðpêY"{O" ( also dative)
15. the secondary object with the root , to
think, takes accusative when contempt is
NOT to be shown.
16. d«p governs the accusative. Other words
implying belief and confidence govern the
Locative.
ì\Y"Y"#
• ‚›·þ£þ (between)
ìSO"Zp O"z E" O"pz BpøSP"#$ There is a book between him and her.
O"X"o ìSO"ZuNp @¡pY"| @¡# @¡O"s| ðp×S"pu{O"? Who can do the work except for
him?
ZpX"pY"NpX"o ìSO"ZuNp ï\" ì`z ïO"Qo ð“pu@z¡ \"Qp{X"$ I say this shloka with
reference to the Ramayana.
ma< ANtre[ tSy k> ivcar> , What is his opinion regarding me?
• ì{W"O"#
g&hm! Ai_at> v&]a> vtRNte , There are trees all around the house.
• íW"Y"O"#
g&hm! íW"Y"O"# v&]a> vtRNte , There are trees on both sides of the house.
• œþ¹£·þ:
g&h< œþ¹£·þ: v&]a> vtRNte , There are trees all around the house.
• œÏ¹·þ
AXyapk< àit Ahm! AgCDm! , I went towards the teacher.
• ¹¨þ›þþ
Tva< ivna s> iv*aly< gNtu< n #CDit , Without you he does not desire to go
to school.
• ¬þ¨þÄ·þ:
¢am< svRt> pvRta> siNt , There are mountains all around the village.
• ¹›þˆÅ«þþ (near)
mm g&h< ink;a @k> tfag> vtRte , There is a pond near my house.
Level 2 - Month 18 Lessons 65 - 70. 448/485
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 18
• smya (near)
• −þ (woe be to)
ha Alsm! ! Woe be to laziness!
v&]Sy %pyuRpir / AXyix me"> , The sun is far above the tree.
pd / xatu>
• kmR
The object in a sentence is always picked from the second vibhakti.
balk> og< pZyit , The boy sees the bird.
• Verbs signifying 'to name', 'to choose', 'to make', 'to appoint', 'to
call', 'to know', 'to consider' govern the accusative.
janaim Tva< àk&itpué;m! , I know thee to be the chief person.
• àivz! (also with the. s. iv. , and in the ;. iv. if ANtr is used)
• ivz! (also with the. s. iv. , and in the ;. iv. if ANtr is used)
• àap! (destination)
ten ¢am< àaPt< , The village was reached by him ( he arrived at the village)
• Aix + Swa
• Aix + Swa
All these upasargas when added to vs! retain the original meaning of the
word 'to stay'. Without the upasarga, vs! is used with the s. iv
• Words denoting duration of space and time are put in the Accusative.
³aez< kuiqla ndI The river runs winding for two miles.
n vv;R v;aRi[ Öadz dzzta]> The thousand eyed Indra did not 'rain' for
twelve years.
• The secondary object with the root, to think, takes accusative when
contempt is NOT to be shown.
]Mytam! Ah< Tva< k&:[< mNye, I'm sorry, I thought you were Krishna.
Level 2 - Month 18 Lessons 65 - 70. 451/485
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 18
kmRàvcnIym!
_aKt> devm! Ai_a it:Qit , The devotee stands before the Lord.
Lesson 66.
%ppd/kark- iv_aiKt>
t&tIya iv_aiKt>
Level 2. The third vibhakti.
Let me give you the list first. Then we'll work on each word in turn just as
we've done for the second vibhakti.
t&tIya iv_aiKt>
AVyy> 1. ‚¥þ¿
2. @w¡O"z
3. ¹¨þ›þþ
4. ¬þŸþ¿
5. ¬þ−
6. ¬þþšþô
AVyy>
• ‚¥þ¿ enough of
Al< zynen ! Enough of sleeping!
• @w¡O"z .
k&tm! Añen Away with the horse!
• ¹¨þ›þþ
pQnen ivna iv*a kw< l_yte ? How can knowledge be received without
studying?
zaeken ik< kayR< / k> AwR> / ik< àyaejnm! ? What's the point in lamenting?
pd / xatu>
• Agent
Level 2 - Month 18 Lessons 65 - 70. 454/485
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 18
• Conveyance
s> ivmanen gCDit , He travels by airplane.
sevk> _at&Rra}a< mUXnaR Aaday ..... , The servant, having accepted his master's
command 'upon his head'…
• Words denoting space and time when the accomplishment of the desired
object is expressed.
Öadzv;ER> Vyakr[< ïUyte ... , grammar is learnt in twelve years.
• Object or purpose
AXyynen vsit , Lives (somewhere) for the sake of studying.
guraE _aKTya àItaiSm te , I am pleased with thee with thy devotion to thy
preceptor.
We'll work on the fourth vibhakti next. That list is rather long, but we'll
survive, not to worry.
Lesson 67.
%pkark/kark- iv_aiKt>
ctuwIR - iv_aiKt>
Level 2. The fourth vibhakti.
ctuwIR - iv_aiKt>
AVyy> 1. ‚¥þ¿
2. ›þŸþ:
3. ¬¨þ¹¬·þ
4. ¬¨þþ−þ
5. ¬¨þšþþ
6. ¨þ«þÙÃ
7. Svagtm!
pd / 1. sMàdan
xatu> 2. ³ux! , kup!, kw!, da, ApR!, %pidz!, invedy, Ôuh!, $:yR!, AsUy!
3. éc!
4. Sp&h!
5. xary! owe
10.ihtm!
11. suom!
12._aÔ<
13.kuzlm!
14.Verbs meaning to despatch or send
15.dzRyit ( also accusative.)
16. the secondary object with the root , to think, takes
either the dative or accusative when contempt is
to be shown
17.When physical motion is indicated, the place to
which is directed is either accusative or dative.
18.The person who is propitiated or to whom questions
regarding welfare or good fortune are asked.
AVyy>
• ‚¥þ¿ a match for; sufficient
• ›þŸþ: salutations
nm> izvay , Salutations to Shiva.
But when ›þŸþ: is used in combination with the k& xatu> , then the second
vibhakti is used.
s> dev< nmSkraeit , He salutes the Lord.
dev< nmSk&Ty s> AXyyn< kraeit , Having saluted the Lord, he studies.
Level 2 - Month 18 Lessons 65 - 70. 458/485
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 18
• ¬¨þ¹¬·þ (A blessing)
SviSt tu_ym! , May auspiciousness be upon you!
• ¬¨þþ−þ / ¨þ«þÙà This term is used when offering oblations to the gods.
• Svagtm! welcome
pd / xatu>
• sMàdan
ten devay pu:p< dTtm! , The Lord was offered a flower by him.
The person who is given something is 'chosen' from the fourth vibhakti.
• ³ux! , kup!, kw!, da, ApR!, %pidz!, invedy, Ôuh!, $:yR!, AsUy! , Oya, z<s,! c]!
The person towards whom the above actions (and other verbs
conveying the same meanings) are directed , is picked from the fourth
vibhakti:
³ux! , kup!, To be angry. mata puÇay kuPyit , The mother is angry with her
son.
Ôuh!, To cause injury.
( Note: When ³ux! and Ôuh! are prefixed with an %psgR> then the person
towards whom the anger and the injury is directed is in the second
vibhakti- mata puÇm! Ai_a³uXyit , The mother is angry with her son.
• éc! – to like. The person who likes is placed in the dative and the
object that is liked is placed in the first vibhakti, the nominative case
in the case of the éc! xatu> and other verbs that convey a similar
meaning.
g[ezay maedk< raecte , g[ezay maedk< Svdte , Ganesha likes modak ( a sweet)
• Sp&h! – to like. The opposite holds true here and only in the case of
Sp&h!, The person who likes is in the nominative case and the object
that is liked is placed in the fourth, the dative case.
g[ez> maedkay Sp&hyit , Ganesha likes modak.
• x& (10th g[) to owe. The person, to whom one owes something, is in
the fourth vibhakti.
• Kl&p! kLpte (haena, ke il@ ), jn!, sMpd!, _aU verbs having a similar sense as
in 'adequate for', tends to',' brings about'…. the result or the end
product is placed in the fourth vibhakti
iv*a }anay kLpte sMp*te jayte va , Knowledge tends to lead to /brings
about wisdom.
• ihtm! ( also used with the sixth vibhakti and the vocative case if it
• _aÔ< / kuzlm! / suom! greeting, blessing. ( also used with the sixth
vibhakti)
devdTtay _aÔ< / kuzlm! / suom! , May auspicious be upon Devadutta!
n&p> sevk< ¢am< àe;yit , The king sends the servant to village.
• The secondary object with the root ' to think', takes either the
dative or accusative when contempt is to be shown. (Note: it takes
the accusative alone, when contempt is NOT to be shown.)
Ah< Tva< t&[ay t&[< va mNye , I consider you as worthless as grass.
Lesson 68.
%ppd/kark- iv_aiKt>
pÂmI-iv_aiKt>
Level 2. The fifth vibhakti.
pÂmI iv_aiKt>
9. œÏþˆÃÅ / pUvRm!
13. dUr<
14. smIpm!
15. AnNtrm!
Level 2 - Month 18 Lessons 65 - 70. 464/485
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 18
pd / 1. Apadan
2. A noun in the ablative case frequently denotes
xatu>
cause of an action or phenomenon and has the
same sense of … on account of, for, by reason
of.
3. The place where an action is performed
4. Comparison
5. Words denoting abhorrence, cessation and
swerving
6. The teacher from whom something is learnt,
7. The prime cause in the case of jn! to be born
AVyy>
• ANy, pr, #tr> other than, different from.
k&:[at! ANy k> mm Aaïy> ? Other than Krishna, who else is my refuge?
• …š¨þô after...
Ÿé−»·þþÄ·þà …š¨þô Šþ¹Ÿþ«¡þþŸþ: | We will go in a moment.
• h¡O"u without.
c"pS"pO"o h¡O"u @s¡O"# X"pub"# ? How is liberation possible without wisdom?
• œþ£¿ / AnNtrm!
_aaejnat! œþ£¿ / AnNtr< inÔa AavZykI , Sleep is necessary after a meal.
Level 2 - Month 18 Lessons 65 - 70. 466/485
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 18
• T"øW"w{O"
V"pÚY"pO"o T"øW"w{O" _"# _"pR"s#$ He has been a good person from childhood itself.
• Aar_y
@tSmat! ][at! Aar_y Ah< s<Sk&t< vdaim , I will speak in Sanskrit from this
moment onwards.
• œÏþˆÃÅ / pUvRm!
W"puG"S"pO"o œÏþˆÃÅ / pUvRm! −¬·þù œÏâþþ¥þ¡þ | Wash your hands before a meal.
• Actual directions. ¢amat! pUvR< east %Ttr> north, di][a south, àak! east,
¢amat! pUvR< miNdrm! AiSt , There is a temple to the east of the village.
• V"{`#
Bpw`pO"o V"{`# ¨þ¼âþ: ‚¹¬·þ | There is a tree outside the house.
• dUr<
¢amat! dUr< miNdrm! AiSt , There is a temple far from the village.
• smIpm!
Level 2 - Month 18 Lessons 65 - 70. 467/485
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 18
pd / xatu>
• Apadan
That from which separation takes place is put in the fifth vibhakti
p[R< v&]at! ptit , The leaf falls from the tree.
ten kar[en sa n AagCDit , Because of that/ For that reason, she does
not come.
• Comparison
k&:[at! ram> ctur> , Rama is more clever than Krishna.
• The teacher from whom something is learnt, the prime cause in the
case of jn! to be born and the source in the case of _aU are put in the
ablative case.
%paXyayat! pQit , Learns from the teacher.
• In words implying fear and protection from danger that from which
the fear proceeds is put in the ablative.
Ah< mm iptu> ³aexat! n _aIta , I am not afraid of my father's anger.
• In the case of the root jI with pra, meaning unbearable, that which is
intolerable is put in the ablative.
Alsat! prajyte , finds laziness intolerable.
kmRàvcnIym!
• àit in the sense of "representative" or "in exchange for"
k&:[> pa{fve_y> àit , Krishna is the Pandavas' representative.
Lesson 69.
%ppdiv_aiKt>
;:QIiv_aiKt>
Level 2. The sixth vibhakti.
Here is a list of words for the sixth vibhakti, the Genitive case. Since verbs
are not connected to this vibhakti, it is not a karkiv_aiKt> , And wherever
verbs do come into the picture, grammarians tell us that we ought to
consider those verbs and the sixth vibhakti as having a 'relation'. (Sounds
confusing… but let's leave it at that.) However there are several words and
ideas best expressed with the Genitive.
;:QIiv_aiKt>
AVyy> 1. „œþ¹£
2. ‚šþ:
3. @w¡O"u
4. œé£:, œé£·þ: ,‚ŠÏ½,‚ŠÏ·þ:
5. œþ¼«Ú½ , œþ¼«Ú·þ:
6. ¨þþŸþ·þ:
7. ¸¹âþµþ·þ:
8. ¸»£ŸþÃ
9. ¬þŸþúœþŸþÃ
10. Ape]ya
11. AnNtrm!
12. ANte
13. mXye
• Indicates a relationship...called the Genitive case.
pd/
• Represents 'of'.
Level 2 - Month 18 Lessons 65 - 70. 471/485
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 18
, sm, s<kaz ,
• Words denoting ' worthy of', 'proper', 'befitting.'
AVyy>
• „œþ¹£ Above
ŸþŸþ „œþ¹£ \Y"G"S"X"o ‚¹¬·þ | There is a fan above me.
• ‚šþ: Under
¨þ¼âþ¬¡þ ‚šþ: ˆÅøÙ£: ì[_O"$ There is a hole under (at the bottom of) the
tree.
• @w¡O"u For
V"p“@¡_Y" @w¡O"u X"pO"p W"puG"S"z T"E"{O"$ The mother cooks a meal for the child.
• ¸»£Ÿþà Far
¹¨þÔþþ¥þ¡þ¬¡þ / iv*alyat! ¸»£¿ œþ¨þÄ·þ: ‚¹¬·þ | The mountain is far from the
school. (¸»£Ÿþà also goes with the fifth vibhakti.)
• ¬þŸþúœþŸþà Near
• Ape]ya Instead of
• AnNtrm! After
• ANte End
_aa;[Sy ANte ][< ivrmtu , Rest for a moment after (your) speech.
• mXye middle
ngrSy mXye %*anm! AiSt , There is a garden in the middle of the city.
pd / xatu>
• Indicates a relationship between two nouns in a sentence. It is called
the Genitive case.
• Represents 'of'.
izvSy puÇ> g[ez> , Ganesha is the son of Shiva.
• The Partitive Genitive is also found used with ordinals and pronouns or
adjectives implying number.
Tvmev tasa< m¼la , You alone are the blessed one amongst them all.
• Sometimes the word is used with the Genitive in the sense of 'of' or
'among.'
@te;a< mXye kae=ip gNtu< n #CDit , Amongst them no one is willing to go.
• When a time frame elapses after the occurence of an action, the word
expressing the occurence is put in the sixth vibhakti.
A* dzm> mas> sItaya> ivvahSy , It is the tenth month today since
Sita's marriage.
@td! @v AiSt ivze;> Aavyae> , This alone is the difference between the
two of us.
• In the case of potential passive participles, the one who performs the
action is put in either the Genitive or the instrumental.
laekiht< mm kr[Iym! , I ought to do that which is beneficial to the
world/people.
mya piQtVyym! , I ought to study.
balSy hetae> sa ¢amat! ngr< gNtum! #CDit , She wishes to go from her
village to the city for the sake of her child.
iz:yay ihtm! / suom! / _aÔm! / kuzlm! / AwR> / mÔm! / Aayu:ym! _avet! , May
good fortune be with the student.
• When the Past participles are used, if the present tense is intended,
then the Genitive is used. If the past is intended, then the Instrumental
alone is used.
Ahmev mt> mhIpte , I alone am regarded by the king.
• When the past participles are used as abstract neuter nouns only the
Genitive is used.
myUrSy n&Ttm! , The peacock's dance.
• Verbs implying ' to be master of', 'to rule','to pity', 'to take
compassion upon', 'to remember (with regret),' to think of' govern the
object of these actions in the Genitive.
yid s> à_aivtu< smwR> ivdezjnanam! , If he is capable of ruling/ being the
master of the people from another land.
_aKtSy dymana devI Avtrit , The Goddess, taking pity upon the devotee,
incarnates (before him).
zkuNtla du:yNtSy Sm&Tva ioNna jata , Shakuntala remembering
Dushyanta became unhappy.
And now we will work with the seventh vibhakti, the Locative case.
Lesson 70.
%ppd/kark- iv_aiKt>
sPtmIiv_aiKt>
Level 2. The seventh vibhakti.
sPtmIiv_aiKt>
AVyy>
1. The place in or on which an action takes place.
pd /
2. The Locative is used to denote the time when an action
xatu> has taken place.
3. The Locative also has the sense of 'towards', 'about',
'as to'.
4. With adjectives in the superlative degree.
5. Words expressing an interval in time or space is put in
either the Ablative or Locative.
6. Words in lexicons are expressed in this vibhakti to mean
'in the sense of.'
7. The Locative is sometimes used to denote the object or
purpose for which anything is done.
8. Words meaning 'to act', ' to behave', ' to deal with'.
9. Words signifying 'love', 'attachment', 'respect' such as
iSnh! govern the Locative of the person or thing for
whom or which the love is shown.
10. Words indicating a cause or effect are often put in the
Locative.
11. The root yj! and its derivatives in the sense of 'to' in
English.
12. Words expressing fitness and suitability with the nouns
regarding which the fitness is expressed are put into the
Locative or Genitive.
Level 2 - Month 18 Lessons 65 - 70. 479/485
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 18
'engaged in', ' intent on' and kuzl, inpu[, zaE{f,pqu, àvI[,
pd / xatu>
• The Locative is used to denote the time when an action has taken
place
à_aate tSya> jpm! , Her japa is done in the morning.
• The Locative also has the sense of 'towards', 'about', 'as to'
miy ma tIú[a , Do not be severe towards me.
ht> , Man kills the tiger for skin, the elephant for tusks, the
Chamari for hair and the musk deer for musk.
• The root yj! and its derivatives in the sense of 'to' in English.
• Words like AxIitn! " who has learned", g&hIitn! "who has
comprehended" govern the Locative of that which forms their
object. And saxu and Asaxu of that towards whom goodness or
otherwise is shown.
AxItI vede;u , He who is well versed in the Vedas.
guraE saxu> Asaxu> va , Well behaved or ill behaved towards his Guru.
Level 2 - Month 18 Lessons 65 - 70. 483/485
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 18
'engaged in', ' intent on' and kuzl, inpu[, zaE{f, pqu, àvI[ pi{ft
meaning 'skilfull' and xUtR, iktv meaning 'a rogue' are used in the
Locative.
s> pUjaya< Vyap&t> / AasKt> / Vy¢ / tTpr> , He is absorbed in the
worship (of the Lord).
s> xnuivR*aya< kuzl> / inpu[> / zaE{f> / pqu> / àvI[> / pi{ft> , He is
skilfull in archery.
Vyvsaye s> xUtR> / iktv> , He is a rogue in matters relating to
business.
Lesson 71.
"Let me sing you a song while you try and fall asleep."
"Even if you have been naughty, I love you."
How often would we have heard those beautiful words from the person we
loved most as children?
So far we've used the words yda / tda and y*ip / twaip to express these
kinds of ideas. Here's another way to do this….
Whenever we wish to put two different ideas or actions together in one
sentence (wherein one action is performed with reference to the other)
we use the sit sPtmI or the st> ;:QI ,
Whereas the latter is used only when one wishes to show contempt or
disregard, the former is used in both, a general sentence conveying
contempt and a simple straightforward idea. There are a few points that
we must keep in mind...
1. That part of the sentence which says…." While / when such and
such a thing was happening / had happened / will happen … "MUST"
contain a participle. The participle and the noun it qualifies must
both be in either the sPtmI or the ;:QI iv_aiKt> ,
When the sun shone, the birds sang. sUyeR àkaizte , oga> Agayn! ,
ˆÅþˆÅ: The crow ˆ¼Å«µþ: (is) black ¹œþˆÅ: The cuckoo ˆ¼Å«µþ: (is) black
ˆÅø (ˆÅ:) what is W"uQ# the difference ¹œþˆÅˆÅþˆÅ¡þø: between the
cuckoo and the crow?
¨þ¬þ›·þ¬þŸþ¡ø œÏþœ·ø When Spring is obtained ( When it is Spring, the
difference becomes apparent) ˆÅþˆÅ: ˆÅþˆÅ: ¹œþˆÅ: ¹œþˆÅ: that the
crow is a crow and the cuckoo, a cuckoo.
2. That participle and noun which will be placed in the sPtmI or the
;:QI iv_aiKt> indicates the time that the second action is done. In
other words, the second action is done with reference to the
action placed in the sPtmI or the ;:QI iv_aiKt> , (When the child
cried, the mother came running).
ApTye ³iNdte mata xavNtI AagCDt! ,
the present tenses in the ktRir vaKy rcna , Naturally, the ktaR and
The kmR and the participle will be in sPtmI or the ;:QI iv_aiKt> if
The ktaR and the participle will be in sPtmI or the ;:QI iv_aiKt> if
7. The participle here works as the verb for one part of the
sentence. Either a participle or an actual verb does the same job
for the rest of the sentence.
ten maedke oaidte sa tt> gtvtI / AgCDt! , While a modak was being
eaten by him, she went from there.
8. The subjects in the two ideas / actions you wish to talk about
MUST not be the same. In the example in sentence 1, one subject
is the sun, the second, the birds.
9. If the subjects were the same, the sit sPtmI or the st> ;:QI
can't be used.
Rama, after he had taken Lanka, returned to Ayodhya..... Here the
subject 'Rama' is the same in both the parts of the sentence. It
àTyagCDt! / punragt> ,
Rama, after the monkeys had taken Lanka, returned to Ayodhya.
With the first subject being 'Rama' and the second being
'monkeys' the sit sPtmI can be very artistically used. kip;u l»a<
Note:
2. Notwithstanding
3. For all (For all / notwithstanding / in spite of the shopkeeper's
looking on, the rat steals the ladoo. Aapi[kSy pZyt> mU;k> maedk<
caeryit ,)
C) Use the sit sPtmI with @v or maÇ or with maÇ with or without @v
attached to the participle if you wish to suggest the following:
1. As soon as
2. No sooner-than
3. Scarcely when
4. The moment that
(As soon as / no sooner / scarcely when / the moment that..... he
entered, the people cheered.
àiv:qmaÇ @v tiSmn! jna> jyjykaran! AkuvRn! ,)
Worksheets
A) Translate:..... Please try your hand at both the active and passive
participles in the same sentence whenever it is warranted.
st> ;:QI
1. In spite of your looking on, the cat will definitely steal the milk
from the vessel.
2. The people talked loudly, notwithstanding that the Guru was sitting
on the dais in the assembly hall.
3. For all her scolding, he does not study.
4. In spite of the child crying with hunger, the mother did not give it
milk.
5. Men commit misdeeds, though Gods see them.
6. While the parents were sleeping, Siddharth ran away from the
palace.
7. Even if it should rain, the crops may not grow.
8. Inspite of the gardener protecting the garden, the old ladies took
away the flowers.
9. The thieves stole the car, notwithstanding the policemen walking on
the road.
10. Inspite of the Guru’s advice, the disciples were lazy.
11. Inspite of my looking on, the milk boiled over and fell onto the
kitchen platform.
sit sPtmI
1. The moment the food is ready, come and tell me.
2. When Rama had gone to the forest, Dasharatha breathed his last.
3. When Rama went in search of the golden deer, Ravana kidnapped
Sita.
4. No sooner was an arrow discharged, than the hunter heard
someone crying.
5. When the Sun rises in the East, the whole world is filled with light.
6. When man is besieged by calamities, even friends become enemies.
7. As soon as the lecture is over, the students will run out of the
school.
8. Who can trouble us, while God protects us?
9. The moment that the child cries, the mother picks it up.
10. Scarcely had the bus started to move, than there was a loud
explosion.
11. While the students were thus laughing, the teacher walked into the
class.
6. %_ayae> senyae> yaeÏkame;u AviSwte;u, AjuRn> , tan! $i]tum! #CDit , (1: 22,
23)
7. pa{fve iv;Idit, maxv> tiSmn! àsIdit , (2: 10, 11)
8. miy it:Qit, kut> tv _aym!?
9. ïe:Qe pitte #tre Aip jna> ptiNt , (3: 21)
10. SÇI;u du:qasu va:[eRy jayte v[Rs»r> , (1: 41)
11. zu:ke nIre k> kasar>? (_aj gaeivNdm!)
12. vyis gte k> kamivkar>? (_aj gaeivNdm!)
13. ]I[e ivTte k> pirvar> ?/ ? (_aj gaeivNdm!)
14. }ate tTve k> s<sar>? (_aj gaeivNdm!)
15. kulxmeR;u %TsNne;u mnu:ya[a< nrke vas> _aiv:yit , (1: 44)
16. mhi;R;u Tva< StuvTsu, iviSmta> gNxvaR> Tva< vI]Nte , (11: 22)
17. tv dznaNtre;u ke;uict! cUi[Rte;u ANye keict! tv vKÇai[ ivziNt, (11: 27)
18. di][asu nIymanasu, nickets< du>om! Aaivvez , (kwaepin;d!)
19. cNÔzeore ma< r]it, ik< kir:yit vE ym>?
20. du>oe;u àaPte;u n tSy %ÖEg>, suoe;u àaPte;u n Sp&ha , (2: 56)
Lesson 72.
Causal verbs.
àer[awRki³yaivcar>
In both the cases, the person doing the action of cooking is Mohan. But in
the first case, he becomes the subject, the ktaR and in the second
Ramesh is the subject providing inspiration to Mohan to cook the rice.
maehn> Aaegn< pcit ,
In the second sentence, the i[c! àTyy has been added to the xatu> ,
With that addition, the verb now changes its meaning. From an action
which is being done by someone, it now becomes a àer[awRki³ya, an action
which someone makes another (or himself) do. Please note that the actual
doer of the action needn't be different.
It must be observed that whenever the àer[awRk - xatu s are made use of,
the actual ktaR is always in the t&tIya iv_aiKt> and the object remains in
the iÖtIya as compared to the root sentence where the ktaR is in the
àwma iv_aiKt> and the object in the iÖtIya , Remember to match the
1. Whenever you wish to add the àer[a to a xatu, the i[c! àTyy is
added.
2. Sometimes, to convert an AkmRk xatu to a skmRk xatu, the i[jNt
is made use of.
pavRtI AhinRz< tpaei_a> Glpyit gaÇm! , Parvati, with her austerities
which she performs day and night, emaciates her (own) body. Here,
Glpyit is the i[jNt àyaeg of the AkmRk xatu ..... Glayit ,
gu[ of the ÿSv Svr of the %pxa (except for A ) is made. Tyj! -
4. Except for Am!, km!, cm!, zm!, ym!, in the other Am! ending xatu s,
v&iÏ of the Akar of the %pxa does not take place. For example: gm!
2. àit + # - àTyayyit ,
3. Aix + # - AXyapyit ,
4. ic - cayyit / capyit ,
5. jag& - jagryit ,
9. hn! - "atyit ,
Generally, whenever you use the i[jNt forms, the person doing the
There are 12 xatus in which the ktaR of the action is placed in the iÖtIya
iv_aiKt , Besides them, ù and k& are used in both, the iÖtIya and the
t&tIya ,
10. pQ! Aaid - (DaÇ> zaSÇm! AxIte) - guué> DaÇ< zaSÇm! AXyapyit ,
12. _aaejn - (except for Ad!, oad!, _a]! where the àyaeJy-ktaR is in the
ù (_a&Ty> _aar< ¢am< hrit) s> _a&Ty< / _a&Tyen _aar< ¢am< haryit , (for nI,
vh! the àyaeJy-ktaR is only in the t&tIya iv_aiKt , s> _a&Tyen _aar< ¢am<
nayyit // vahyit va ,
jLp!, _aa;!, ivlp!, Aalp! and d¯z! - the àyaeJy- ktaR is only in the
Do remember that these forms are now completely new verbs and can be
conjugated in the 10 lkar s !
Worksheets
Translate:
1. The sun makes the lotuses bloom.
2. Vishwamitra got Rama and Janak's daughter, Sita, married.
3. I will get the tailor to stitch me some clothes.
4. The servant bathes his master who is troubled by the heat,
with cold water.
5. The villagers make the devotee tell them a story.
6. The singing-teacher got the girls to start singing.
7. Piyush got the servant to carry his books to school.
8. Radha fed Seeta some cold water.
9. Mother made Kumuda enter the temple.
10. He showed me his house.
Lesson 73.
iCvàyaeg
Once upon a time there was a forest. A peaceful dense forest with not a
man treading its hallowed precincts. One day a hunter chanced upon this
natural beauty and proceeded to build a hut on its very edge. "I must let
my family know of this wonder. My cousins too would like a home here."
Alas, the hunter had converted the forest into a village!
k> @;< Vyax> y> tpaevn< Sva}ya ¢amIkraeit !
Let's look at a few more examples before I explain to you how you can
form these words.
Sp:qIkr[m! ,
2. The endings of the words can be ALL forms of the k& or the _aU
xatu,
4. Though all forms of the k& or the _aU xatu> can be used, while forming
the past tense, the addition of the A before the xatu> can pose a
àTyy , Then you must remember that with the k& xatu> which is
skmRk, you will need to use the kmRi[ construction. This is not
Practice time!
Worksheets
Translate the following. Convert the bold type into the iCvêpm! ,
10. "Tarakasura having become an enemy, troubles us," they say. vErI +
_aU
11. " To make us happy, forgive Madana and make Parvati a bride."
suo / vxU
Try converting the same present-tense sentences into the past for
further practice. Remember to use the passive construction.
*****
Lesson 74.
Nominal verbs
namxatu>
Have we often not heard someone say, "Look at that nut! Does he
think himself to be Amitabh Bachhan?" Wouldn't it be great to say
that in the Sanskrit?
That's when the namxatu> comes to the rescue.
It is quite similar to the iCvàyaeg and you will find that you can often
substitute one form for the other. Viva la options!!
The namxatu> doesn't make use of the k& or the _aU xatu , It uses the
root noun or adjective and converts it into a new verb altogether by
the addition of a y at the end of the noun / adjective and the àTyy ,
B) àasadIyit
teacher desires a son. Since the namxatu> itself has an $ at the end of
the noun, it would be difficult indeed to figure out if the teacher
wanted a son or a daughter. The solution is simple. Read the sentence
in context with the passage that you picked it from; and not in
isolation.
I could also say that one desires a son by using kaMy in the middle of
k&:[it which are also namxatu>s, which would mean that someone is like
Krishna. Whenever you come across a word which is a combination of a
noun/adjective with a verb ending, it might be a namxatu> , Read the
sentence and then try figure out what the word might mean.
There are several rules that define how a namxatu> can be created. As
and when my understanding of the subject grows, I'll pass that unto
you... till then I'm afraid, this lesson will have to suffice.
Let's look at a few sentences to see how these forms are used and as
homework, just try and translate them into English. These sentences
may be popular subhashitas, from our classics or are standard
sentences often used by teachers to teach this concept…
1. àasadizorSw> Aip kak> n géfayte ,
3. k[R> AjuRnayte ,
5. ik»r> g&hIyit ,
Lesson 75.
#CDawRkêpai[
The very first line in the Bhagavad Geeta foxed me. What in the Good
Lord's name was yuyuTsv> ? It looked like a singular form of some noun but if
that was the case, then why smveta> ? Back to the drawing board. It MUST
be plural and therefore like gurv> , So the singular was naturally yuyuTsu> ,
The dictionary helped immensely. yuyuTsu> was 'a person desirous of fighting.'
(yaeÏum! #CDu>) , And when light entered this mind, more examples turned up.
Inference 3: With this fantastic capacity of words to turn into anything and
everything, could there be verb forms too?
Naturally.
yuyuTste, mumu]it / mumu]te, ij}aste, bu_au]it / bu_au]te, zuïU;te ,
xatu> ,
How are these words created? There is the necessity of doubling the first
v[R> (or the addition of a related v[R> to the root first letter) in the xatu> to
convey "desire." So whenever you see that doubling, you may classify those
words as #CDawRkêpai[ , There is no need at the moment to figure out how
to create them. Let me, instead, give you an oft used list to help you identify
them in classical texts, our stotras and shlokas.
Note:
There is wonderful book that you can refer to for all your verb related
questions. It is called b&hÏatukusumakr> (caEoMba s<Sk&t àit:Qan / idLlI /
collected and edited by p<. hrekaNt imï>). It costs Rs 400/- . It gives you
every single form of every single verb in the universe (a slight exaggeration
but the books are worthy of such praise).
It's twin b&hCDBdkusumakr>, gives you declensions of every noun in the
universe. Cost price = Rs 200/-.
become AaTmnepdm!
here.
Better to remember
just the form )
gE 1. p. gana ijgasit ijgasu> ijgasa
krna
krna
krna
lena
Anu_av krna
krna
haena
krna
krna
krna
Worksheets.
A.) A few exercises will help you put your understanding into action.
And the best kind will be if you can form sentences of all three forms for all
the nouns listed above.
Lesson 76.
_aavvack - s<}a ,
Abstract nouns
You are already familiar with abstract nouns and use them very often. This
lesson is a quick recap of what you know. With the new additions, I have
tried to add as many words as you might need to know about. Relax.....
whenever you wish to create an abstract noun and are not sure when to add
which àTyy , try your luck with all then cross-refer a dictionary to see
which word is accurate. The idea here is to be able to recognize the
_aavvack - s<}a when you see it.
5 different àTyy s tell you that these words are _aavvack - s<}a. They may
end in
1. Tvm!
2. ta
3. y
4. #mn!
You may add any one of these àTyy s to some words to create a _aavvack -
s<}a , To others only one of the above may apply. Let us not get too much
into the details of which of the two rules apply. Let's simply learn to
recognize them in texts. Eventually, we can cover the "hows and whys" in
special shibirs.
bNxu baNxv>
à} àa}>
r]s! ra]s!
ké[a kaé{ym!
ctuvR[R catuvR{yRm!
sena sENym!
smIp samIPym!
iÇlaek ÇElaeKym!
A few explanations:
1. and 2. The addition of Tvm! or Tva to the word makes the former a npu<
Do the same for: äaü[, ]iÇy, zUÔ, hIn, dIn, mUoR, ioNn, du:q, mht! ,
There is a small exception to the above rule. In dev the addition of ta does
not interfere with the original meaning of the word. And in the following
words, the addition of ta means a multitude.
3. Addition of y . Make a v&iÏ of the first Svr and a laep of the ending A,
zUr zaEyRm!
suNdr saEdyRm!
xIr xEyRm!
suo saEOym!
ivÏs! vEdu:ym!
Do the same for: äaü[,ivdGx, kiv, mxur, ctur, inpu[,dIn, su_a, m¼l,
4. Addition of #mn!.
Look at the example below and use it for all the other words listed.
To the root word, an adjective, make a laep of the ending Svr if there
is one. Add the #mn!. If there is a \ in the word, it gets converted into a
r! , The root word will be, for example, mihmn! , The àwma iv_aiKt> is
Do the same for: tnu, pqu, Svadu, d¯F, zIt, %:[, jf, mxur ,
zuic zaEcm!
muin maEnm!
p&wu pawRvm!
senapit sEnapTym!
puraeiht paEraeihTym!
rajn! raJym!
Añ Aañm!
kumar kaEmarm!
ikzaer kEzaerm!
yuvn! yaEvnm!
Lesson 77.
ilq! lkar ,
The "unseen" past tense.
The Bhagavad Geeta is THE source for all our Sanskrit questions..... besides
being revered as a " mae]daykzaSÇm!" ,
ïI_agvan! %vac , You will have come across that form of the verb many a
time in the course of your study of the Geeta.
We have covered, so far, 5 different lkar s - lq!, laeq!, l'!, l&q!, ivixil'! ,
I'd classify the %vac under point 2 here. Personally, I don't believe that we
will ever need to use these forms during sM_aa;[ , But since one of our
goals has been to be able to decipher shlokas and stotras, we need to be
familiar with what these words look like.
Just a list of a few words most commonly found in literature, will be enough.
Some verbs are not declined in the manner above. They are formed
differently..... just as you would have done a zyn< kraeit, you can have the
following forms using the k& / _aU xatu , Add the p.p. k& / _aU xatu endings if the
xatu is p.p. Add the Aa.p.k& / _aU xatu endings if the xatu is Aa.p. This,
however, cannot be done with every verb. And it is impossible to present
everything here.
Our effort is simply to help you recognize these words when you come
across them.
Similarly:
kw! kwyaÂkar kwya³tu> kwya³u>
Worksheets.
Just read and understand:
ilq! lkar
Lesson 78
l&'! lkar ,
Wishful thinking
The l&'! lkar is a funny combination of the past and the future forms, just
begins with an A , has a future "bit" in the centre, :y / Sy, and has a past
tense ending t! / t ,
The l&'! lkar is used when you wish to convey the following ideas:
1) to denote "if such and such a thing had happened / might happen then
such and such a thing would have happened / will happen". This therefore
can be used to convey the past tense or the future. Many ivÖan! s prefer to
use the ivixil'! for the future and use the l&'! lkar only for the past.
For example: If she had taught well, I would have definitely passed the
examination.
sa sMyk! rITya ApaQiy:yt! cet! Ah< iníyen prI]ayam! %TtI[aR A_aiv:ym! ,
Naturally, you will need some reference material to see how the verbs are
conjugated in all the three pué;s. Plan on buying a zBdxatêpavlI that gives
you all the 10 lkars , Just remember that the AaTmnepd-xatus will end in a
l&'! lkar
********
Lesson 79
Al»ar-ivcar> ,
Alankar-Vichara
How beautiful is the world, bedecked with a natural loveliness! How the
senses hunger for beauty! It is but natural that we appreciate magnificence
and splendour..... those which are attributes of the Divine. Devi Bhavani is
bejeweled with k[R_aU;[s, garlands, necklaces, bangles, anklets, etc. Her
beloved z»r, the Lord of the vEragIs is also adorned with the icta_aSm, spR-
mala, a crescent, and Ganga on His jqa , Lord Vishnu is ornamented with
z'!o, c³, gda, pÒ, vEjyNtI mala, iptaMbr , Our beloved guédev> also shines
with His divine ornaments of _aiKt, }an, ivvek, vEraGy, ké[a, etc. Similarly,
Let us study some figures of speech relating to sound (zBdal»ar s) and some
repeatedly used in a line, then it is called Anuàas> , You will find a lot
of them in Pujya Swamiji’s bhajans, Shankaracharya’s stotras and also
in the Deep-Namaskara we chant every evening. Let us see a few
examples :
• lIlalBx-Swaipt-luPtaiollaeka< laekatItEyaeRigi_arNtiír m&Gyam! ,
(gaErIdzkm!)
izvpUjnm! ,
paihmam! .
4. Zle;> When the words having more than one meaning are used in a
this Al»ar , the thing which is compared is called %pmeym!. The thing
any of the following: sm, #v, sd¯z, sman and other words with a
similar meaning.
• rakcNÔ smann ram ,
• %*Tzza»sd¯¯zCDvI yNn s* , (mih;aNtkrIsUKtm!)
• balaidTyïe[Isman*uitpuÃam! , (gaErIdzkm!)
• ja¢ÓaexsuxamyUoincyEraPlaVy.. .. .. h<sIv mNmanse , (_auvneñrImhaStaeÇm!)
Lesson 80
Nyaya
Nyaya>
Sanskrit maxims
This lesson is something that you can keep as reference material. Often
you'll come across words in a subhashita or wherever which don't seem to
have any connection with the rest of the words in the sentence. But these
words convey a wealth of meaning if you know the underlying story. Put
two and two together and Hey Presto! It's all intelligible!
1. ANx-p'!gu-Nyay>
The maxim of the blind and the lame.
A lame man sits on the shoulders of a blind man, the former guiding
the latter. This maxim is used to show the interdependence amongst
men and the good that might result from cooperation and union.
2. ANx-dpR[-Nyay>
The maxim of the blind man and his mirror.
It is used in case of persons who possess things which can be of no
use to them.
3. ANx-gj-Nyay>
The maxim of the blind men and the elephant.
Certain blind men approached a tame and docile elephant in order to
get an idea of the creature. They began to quarrel with one another
over the description of the elephant, each considering his own to be
correct.
This maxim is used in cases where an imperfect, partial or one-sided
view of a thing is taken.
4. ANx-raedn-Nyay>
The maxim of crying in the wilderness.
This maxim is used in cases where a man seeks help and support from
a quarter from which they are not likely to come.
5. ANx-prMpra-Nyay>
The maxim of the blind following the blind.
It is used in those cases where people blindly, thoughtlessly, or rashly
follow others, not caring to see whether their doing so would not be a
dangerous leap in the dark.
6. ANx-gaela'!gul-Nyay>
The maxim of the blind man and the bull's tail.
This maxim is based on the following anecdote: Once upon a time a
certain blind man started from his native village, intending to go to a
neighbouring big city. He had not plodded on far, when he met a
barber, fond of practical jokes. The latter accosted the former and
learnt from him, that he, the blind man, was traveling to town, where,
he thought, plenty of alms was to be had for the mere asking. The
barber, finding a sure victim of his jokes, told the blind man that he
would find him a guide. He thereupon took him to a field, where a
bullock was grazing, and let him catch his tail. He then said to him:
"My friend, here is a sure guide for you. Don't leave him whatever
happens, and in spite of all that wicked people might say to do you a
mischief." The blind man soon reached not the town, but the heart of
a thorny bush! This maxim is applied to cases where a man places his
trust on an object not worthy of trust.
7. A_a]-Nyay>
The maxim of living on water alone.
If it is said that Rama lives on water only, it is to be inferred that,
having water, He does not take any food or drink.
This maxim is used in those cases where by the use of particular
attributes to an object, its generic attributes are negated.
8. Azaekvinka-Nyay>
The maxim of the grove of Ashoka trees.
Why did Ravana keep Sita in the garden of Ashoka trees, when he
could keep her in any where else?..... Simply. No reason at all.
9. AZmlae:qk-Nyay>
The maxim of the stone and clod of earth.
A clod of earth may be considered to be hard as compared with
cotton, but is soft as compared with a stone. So a person may be
considered to be very important when compared with his inferiors, but
sinks into insignificance when compared with his betters.
This maxim is used to denote the relative importance of two things.
10. Ajak&pai[-Nyay>
The maxim of the goat and the naked sword.
A goat was scratching its neck at the sharp edge of a naked sword and
cut it. One should not meddle with dangerous things.
11. AiGn-nyn-Nyay>
The maxim of asking to bring fire.
When a person is asked to bring some fire, it is implied that he is to
bring it in a pot or vessel. This maxim is used in those cases where
anything is not explicitly expressed, but implied.
12. AxR-Tyjit-pi{ft-#it-Nyay>
The maxim of saving one half.
When a man is likely to lose all, he ought to sacrifice one half in order
to save the other half.
13. A{f-kuKkuqI-Nyay>
The maxim of the hen and the eggs.
A hen used to lay one egg daily. Its owner thought that he would have
all the eggs that were in her at one time. Accordingly he ripped open
the abdomen of the hen with the result that might be imagined.
This maxim is used in cases where a person becomes a loser on
account of covetousness.
14. Añ-_atuR-Nyay>
The maxim of the horse and its owner.
20. #;uvegkzyn-Nyay>
The maxim of the ceasing of the impulse of a Discharged arrow.
Just as an arrow discharged from a bow flies on and on, till it pierces
the object aimed at, when it stops, so a worthy man toils day and
night, and stops not, unless and until he obtains his heart's desire,
when he puts his tools aside and joyfully takes rest.
21. %dkinmJjn-Nyay>
The maxim of sinking into water.
It is very difficult to find out a thing that has sunk into water.
The maxim is used to denote the difficulty experienced in attempting
a thing.
22. %:q+-k{qk-_a][-Nyay>
The maxim of a camel and a thorny plant.
The camel likes to eat the thorny leaves and bark of a certain plant
though it has to suffer much pain. It is used to denote that one would
be pleased to follow his own taste however inconvenient or undesirable
it may in reality be.
23. @kv&Ntagt)lÖym!-Nyay>
The maxim of two fruits in one stem.
As two fruits sometimes grow in one stem, so the same word may
sometimes be used in two senses.
24. @ksmsiNxdzRn-Nyay>
The maxim of association.
This maxim is used in cases where a thing reminds one of other things
with which it is associated or with which it has some resemblance.
25. k{qk-Nyay>
The maxim of thorn.
To draw out a thorn from any part of the body, the help or use of
another thorn is necessary. So, wicked means may be adopted for
putting down a wicked man.
Level 2 - Month 20 Lessons 75 - 81. 535/583
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 20
26. k{Qa_ar[-Nyay>
The maxim of the neck and the necklace.
One day a lady was anxiously engaged in search for her necklace,
though in fact she had it then round her neck. When she enquired of
another person about it, she was asked only to feel her neck.
It is used to denote the useless attempt of a person to obtain a thing
from somewhere else though in fact he is in possession of it, only he is
not aware of it.
27. krSwibLv-Nyay>
The maxim of a Bilwa fruit on the palm of hand.
As a Bilwa fruit may be fully well known on minute examination when it
is placed on the hand, so it is possible for man to acquire a thorough
knowledge of this world as he is always in direct contact with it.
28. ka<Sy_aaejn-Nyay>
The maxim of one eating on a bell-metal plate.
A disciple promised never to take his meal from a bell-metal plate. But
his Guru resolved to break that promise, and so he began to use bell-
metal plates at the dinner time. As it was binding on the part of the
disciple to eat the remainder of the food left by the Guru, he could
not but break his promise.
It is used to denote that in cases of mutual relations preference must
be given to him who is higher in position.
29. k)aei[-guf-Nyay>
The maxim of the elbow and molasses.
It is impossible for one to lick out the molasses which is stuck on his
elbow. It is used in cases where one is called upon to perform an
impossible task.
30. kaktalIy-Nyay>
The maxim of a crow and the palm fruit.
It takes its origin from the unexpected and sudden fall of a palm fruit
upon the head of a crow (so as to kill it) at the very moment of its
Level 2 - Month 20 Lessons 75 - 81. 536/583
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 20
36. kuKkuq-Xvin-Nyay>
The maxim of crowing of a cock.
The crowing of cocks grows louder and louder by gradual steps. It is
used to denote the gradual course to be followed in the path of
improvement, which is brought about step by step and not by leaps and
bounds.
37. kuz"as-AvlMbn-Nyay>
The maxim of catching a straw.
As a ship-wrecked person in making struggles for saving his life,
catches hold of an even a straw that he comes across though quite in
vain, so a person in course of a debate, when he fails to gain his point
by a strong argument, takes recourse to a frivolous one, and thus
becomes only a butt of ridicule.
38. kUponnNyay>
The maxim of digging a well.
The object of the maxim is to denote that as in course of digging a
well the body of the worker becomes soiled with the dust, clay, etc.,
but these may be washed off again with the water of that well, so the
sins committed by one at first may be removed by the merits of the
virtuous acts done by him afterwards.
39. kUpNyay>
The maxim of a well.
There is water in the well, but it cannot be obtained without the help
of a jar and a rope, so the Shastras are store-houses of knowledge no
doubt, but they are inaccessible to those that are ignorant.
40. kUpm{fUkNyay>
The maxim of a frog in a well.
It is used to denote that a man of limited ideas, having experience
only of his own neighbourhood cannot make himself believe that there
can be anything better than what he himself knows.
41. kUmaR¼Nyay>
The maxim of the movement of the limbs of a tortoise.
It originates from the fact that a tortoise projects its limbs, i.e., its
legs and neck, when it has to serve any purpose, and again it draws
them in, when that purpose is served, or any danger is apprehended.
It is used to denote that a sensible person will like a tortoise make an
exhibition of his power only when there is an opportunity or necessity
for it.
42. k&Tva icNtn-Nyay>
The maxim of doing an act after due consideration.
A sensible man will think twice before he undertakes to do anything.
But to do something in hot haste and then to consider the propriety or
otherwise about it, is the sign of foolishness.
43. kaENtey-raxey-Nyay>
The maxim of Kaunteya Radheya.
It has its origin in the fact that Karna, a hero of the Mahabharata,
was in reality the son of Kunti, but as he was brought up from his
infancy by a carpenter-woman named Radha, he was called Radheya.
This maxim is applied to the cases in which a fictitious appellation
gets currency in suppression of the real one.
44. oLvaq-ibLv-Nyay>
The maxim of a bald-headed man and the Bilva fruit.
It takes its origin from the story that one day at noon a bald-headed
man, tired of the excessive heat of the sun, took shelter under the
shadow of a Bilva tree. Unfortunately for the man a ripe Bilva fruit
fell down and struck him severely on the head.
It is used to denote that an unfortunate man is pursued by the evil
fate wherever he goes.
45. ol-mEÇ-Nyay>
The maxim of the friendship of a villain.
It has its origin in the fact that a villain is at first very profuse in the
profession of his friendship. But as time rolls on its intensity gradually
diminishes. It is used to denote that the friendship of a mischievous
villain is as unreliable as a bund of sand.
46. ole-kpaet-Nyay>
The maxim of the barn of corn and the pigeons.
As all kinds of pigeons, young and old, go flying into a barn and help
themselves to the corn therein to their hearts' content, so this maxim
is used to denote that all kinds of men repair to a great man's place to
fulfill their own respective ends.
47. g[pitNyay>
The maxim of Ganapati.
This maxim has its origin in the custom of worshipping Ganapati first
on the occasion of the worship of the gods and goddesses whoever
they may be and is used to denote the first place to be assigned or
the highest respect to be shown to a person who deserves it.
48. gtanugitkaelaek-#it-Nyay>
The maxim of a blind follower.
This maxim is used to signify the tendency of imitation prevailing in
men. When any fashion becomes current many would follow it without
any judgment as to its propriety or importance.
49. gufijihkaNyay>
The maxim of the Molasses and the Nimba (a kind of bitter fruit).
The maxim takes its origin from the fact that when it is necessary for
a child to use Nimba fruit, he is at first given some molasses to taste
and then he can eat the nimba fruit.
It is used to denote when one feels reluctant to do a thing on account
of its very seeming difficult or which is uninteresting to him, he is
first given some easy and congenial task to prepare him gradually for
the difficult task.
50. gu[aeps<harNyay>
Level 2 - Month 20 Lessons 75 - 81. 540/583
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 20
retinues in that number, but to an onlooker they are all known by the
same designation viz., the persons with umbrellas.
It is used to denote that things are not always what they seem.
64. jltuiMbka-Nyay>
The maxim of a gourd on the water.
It takes its origin from the fact of the gourd not sinking down when
thrown into water. It denotes that a light-minded person cannot dive
deep into a matter he may be called upon to be engaged in.
65. jlmNwn-Nyay>
The maxim of churning water.
It takes its origin from the fact that to churn water would be
productive of no good whatsoever, and is used to denote the
fruitlessness of spending labour on a thing from which no good can
result.
66. jlm&[alNyay>
The maxim of the lotus stalk.
It takes its origin from the growth of the stalk of a lotus with the
increase of water in a tank during the rains. Again when the dry
season comes and the surface of the water begins to sink, the stalk of
the lotus gets dry but it does not die away.
Similarly when a great man or nation by the freaks of fortune is
reduced to miserable condition he does not lose thereby his usual
nobleness of mind.
67. jlnyn-Nyay>
The maxim of bringing water.
It takes its origin from the fact that when a man is asked to bring
water he will get also the vessel containing water.
It is used to denote that an unimportant thing acquires importance
when connected with an important thing.
68. jl-%:[-Nyay>
The maxim of the hot water.
Level 2 - Month 20 Lessons 75 - 81. 544/583
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 20
It takes its origin from the fact that water is naturally cold, but when
heat is applied its nature is changed and it becomes hot. It is used to
denote that the nature of a person becomes altered by coming in
contact with a person of different character.
69. jamaÇawRk-sSysUpSyaitWyupkark-Nyay>
The maxim of the son-in-law and the dish prepared for him.
The dal prepared for the son-in-law will come to the use of other
guests that sit to dine with him. It is used to denote that a thing
though primarily intended for one may come to the benefit of many
others.
70. }anI-ivman-Nyay>
The maxim of the wise and the air-boat.
It takes its origin from the fact that a man walking on the field can
mark distinctly the height of a hill, the depth of a cave and the level
surface of a plateau, but when he soars high up by means of an air-
ship, these differences are not distinguishable to him; everything
below then appears to him to be of even surface.
It is used to denote that the consideration of the distinction of high
and low, great and small, good and bad, etc., acts in a man so long as he
is at the lowest step of the ladder of wisdom or knowledge, but when
he reaches the highest step, all the religious and sectarian
differences vanish away. To him then everything appears to be of
equal importance.
71. itiTt_a-Nyay>
The maxim of the bird Tittibha.
The maxim originates from the story that a bird called Tittibha lived
on the beach of a sea, one day the beach was washed away by a huge
wave of the sea. The eggs which the bird laid in the nest were also
washed away in consequence. Enraged at this the bird resolved to
ladle off the sea and began to throw away the water with its beak and
also with its wings, which it once dipped into the sea and then came up
and shook them. Struck with wonder at the determination of the bird,
the sea returned its eggs.
It is used to denote that all sorts of difficulties, however
unsurmountable they may seem to be, melt away before firm
determination.
72. tpSvaXyayTyagae- äaü[-Nyay>
The maxim of a Brahmin who has given up his Sandhya prayer and
study of the Vedas.
The Brahmin who never says his prayer, and never reads the Vedas
becomes fallen thereby.
It is used to denote that the non-performance of the most essential
duties of life makes one quite degraded.
73. tm-%TpNn-Nyay>
The maxim of lighting darkness.
It is foolishness to go out in search of darkness with a lamp in hand,
for darkness is nothing but absence of light. It is used to express
foolishness on the part of one to go to perform a thing by employing a
means which is unsuitable for the purpose.
74. tal-spR-Nyay>
The maxim of the palm tree and a serpent.
A serpent dies if it climbs upon a palm tree. This maxim is used to
denote foolishness of the doer of thing.
75. tPt-przu- ¢h[-Nyay>
The maxim of heated axe.
When an axe is greatly heated it cannot be held in hand, and so
nothing can be done with it.
The maxim is used to denote that the means employed for the
performance of a work must be such as may be easily used by the
doer.
76. tu:ytu-#it-Nyay>
The Maxim of "please others."
Level 2 - Month 20 Lessons 75 - 81. 546/583
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 20
81. Ôivf-àa[ayam-Nyay>
The maxim of lengthened pranayama (regulation of breathing)."
The maxim takes its origin from the attempt made to catch hold of
the nose by moving the hand round the head; and is used to denote the
making a matter more difficult than what it ordinarily is.
82. xmR-vsNt-Aagmn-Nyay>
The maxim of virtue and advent of the spring.
It takes its origin from the nature assuming a charming appearance
with new leaves and flowers when the spring sets in, and similarly the
possession of virtue bringing wealth and happiness in its train.
It is used to denote the importance of virtue.
83. n:qañ-dGxrw-Nyay>
The maxim of the destroyed carriage and horse."
It takes its origin from the story that one day two persons went out
in their own respective carriages. In the way their carriages
accidentally caught fire. The consequence was that the carriage of
one and the horse of the other were destroyed. At last by mutual
agreement they got one carriage ready with what remained of their
carriages, and they returned home by that carriage. It is used to
denote that by united efforts we can make up our individual wants.
84. nih-k»[Sy-dzRnay-AadzaRpe]eit-Nyay>
The maxim of bracelet and a mirror.
It takes its origin from the fact that there is absolutely no necessity
of looking-glass for seeing the appearance of a bracelet worn on the
wrist as it is easily visible to the eye, and is used to denote that a
medium is quite unnecessary for doing a thing that can easily be
performed directly by one's own efforts.
85. nih-i_a]ukae i_a]ukimit-Nyay>
The maxim of a poor man's begging, not of a beggar.
It takes its origin from the fact of a beggar's not asking alms of
another beggar. He would invariably go to one in affluence for the
satisfaction of his wants.
It is used to denote the tendency of human nature to seek help from
the quarter where it may be reasonably expected.
86. nih-ivvahanNtrm!-vrprI]a-i³yte -#it-Nyay>
The maxim of examining a bridegroom after marriage.
It takes its origin from the uselessness of minutely observing a
bridegroom after the marriage is over. This should be done before.
It is used to denote that the consideration of propriety or otherwise
of a course should be carefully made before it is adopted.
Afterthought in this concern is of no use whatever.
87. nairkel)laMbu-Nyay>
The maxim of the coconut-water.
It takes its origin from the difficulty of explaining how water could
exist inside a coconut fruit; and is used to denote that it is not in the
power of man to understand clearly the kind ways of providence.
88. inMnga-àvah-Nyay>
The maxim of the current of water.
It originates from the fact that the water of a stream always flows
downwards; and is used to denote that the thoughts of an ignorant
person have a downward tendency.
89. nIr-]Ir-Nyay>
The maxim of the milk mixed with water.
It takes its origin from the fact that when a swan is made to drink
milk mixed with water it will take only the milk and leave the water
behind; and is used to denote that in judging of another a truly wise
man will sift out his merits, and would leave the defects in him out of
consideration.
90. naE-naivk-Nyay>
The maxim of the boat and the boatman.
Level 2 - Month 20 Lessons 75 - 81. 549/583
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 20
It takes its origin from the fact that a boat cannot be steered
without the help of the boatman, and is used to denote that no act,
great or small, can be performed without the guidance of the principal
head.
91. pÃrmuKt-p]I-Nyay>
The maxim of the bird out of the cage.
It is used to denote the flight of the soul when the bonds of the body
are loosened after death, just as a bird in a cage flies away in the air
if it can get out of the cage anyhow.
92. praû-Daya-Nyay>
The maxim of the afternoon-shade.
The maxim denotes that the power and influence assumed at the fag-
end of life may be enjoyed only for a short time just as the shade of a
tree in the afternoon is very short-lived.
93. pvRtaixTyk-Nyay>
The maxim of a table-land.
The maxim takes its origin from the fact that a level tract of land at
the top of a mountain appears from a distance to be not very far off,
but in fact it is very difficult and troublesome to go there; and is used
to denote those happy prospects which from a distance looks very
fascinating, but their attainment costs much pain and trouble.
94. przu-¢h[-Nyay>
The maxim of raising the axe.
It is used in connection with infliction of heavy punishment for a
trifling offence.
95. pirsdNyay>
The maxim of a member of a community.
If a member of a community dies, his work becomes divided among the
rest so that the work does not suffer, and is used to signify that a
work for the performance of which many hands are engaged does not
suffer even if any one among workers dies or leaves the work.
Level 2 - Month 20 Lessons 75 - 81. 550/583
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 20
96. pa;a[-#i:qka-Nyay>
The maxim of stone and brick.
It is used to signify something done with the united efforts of all
kinds of persons, great and small, just as a house is built with the help
of stones and bricks.
97. ip:q-pe;[-Nyay>
The maxim of grinding flour.
It is used to denote a superfluous or unprofitable exertion like the
attempt of a man to grind pounded flour.
98. p»-à]aln-Nyay>
The maxim of washing off the mud.
Just as it is more advisable for one to avoid getting into mud than to
go into it and then wash it off, so it is more advisable for one to avoid
getting into danger than to expose oneself to it and then to try to get
out of it somehow or other.
99. àTy]e-ikmnumanm!-Nyay>
The maxim of inference.
This maxim is used to indicate that it is utterly useless to make an
inference about a thing or to call for any proof about it when it is
visible or present before the eye.
100. )lvt!-shkar-Nyay>
The maxim of a mango tree with fruits on.
The maxim indicates the advisability of taking a shelter with a truly
great man, just as it is advisable to take shelter under a mango tree
that supplies, quite unasked, fruits and shadow to a weary way-farer.
101. bkbNxn-Nyay>
The maxim of catching a heron.
The maxim takes its origin from the fact that a fowler derives no
advantage by catching a heron as it has very small flesh in its body
and indicates the impropriety of causing unnecessary harm to any one.
Level 2 - Month 20 Lessons 75 - 81. 551/583
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 20
102. bixt-k[Rjp-Nyay>
The maxim of whispering to the deaf.
This maxim indicates a vain attempt of a man to do a useless thing like
whispering a word to one who is absolutely short of hearing.
103. bhuiDÔ"q-Nyay>
The maxim of a pot having many holes.
This maxim denotes the unprofitableness of imparting instructions to
one destitute of capacities to retain them, just as a pot having holes
cannot contain the water poured into it.
104. bhuv&kak&:qm&g-Nyay>
The maxim of a deer being attacked by many wolves.
It denotes the certainty of defeat of a person, however strong he
may be, when attacked simultaneously on all sides by many enemies, as
a deer attacked by many wolves at the same time is sure to be killed
by them.
105. bIja'!kur-Nyay>
The maxim of seed and sprout.
It takes its origin from the relation of mutual causation which
subsists between seed and sprout, seed being the cause of sprout,
which in its turn is the cause of seed.
It is used in those cases in which two things stand to each other in
the relation of both cause and effect.
106. _aamt-Nyay>
The maxim of fire.
This maxim takes its origin from the fact that fire has the attributes
of burning, cooking and removing darkness and is used to denote that
various kinds of qualities may be possessed by one and the same man.
107. i_a]u-pad-sar[-Nyay>
The maxim of the beggar gradually extending his legs.
It takes its origin from a story that one day a beggar went to a rich
man's house. Thinking that his object would not be gained if he were
to make a clean breast of his wants all at once, he first begged
permission to sit, and then little by little had everything that he
needed. It is used to denote cleverness on the part of one in dealing
with a person who is very uncharitable and close fisted.
108. _aUil¼pi]-Nyay>
The maxim of the bird named Bhulinga.
This maxim takes its origin from the fact that this bird gathers bits
of flesh from the jaws of lion, and is used to denote extra-ordinary
courage.
109. _aU-zETy-%:{y-Nyay>
The maxim of earth being made cold or hot.
This maxim originates from the fact that earth becomes cold by
coming in contact with water whose property is coldness, and again
becomes hot by coming in contact with light whose chief property is
heat, and is used to indicate the effects of a company that exerts a
part influence upon the character of a person.
110. æmr-Nyay>
The maxim of the black bee.
This maxim is used to indicate the nature of the truly wise men who
always take note of the merits in others just as the black bees always
drink only honey and no other kind of juice from the flowers.
111. _aErv-Nyay>
The maxim of Bhairava.
It takes its origin from a story which runs as follows: Once there was
a Brahmin named Bhairava who grew very conceited on account of the
honour and respects he received at the hands of the king. The foolish
Brahmin forgot his position and quarreled with the ministers of the
king, who enraged at his conduct, prevented his admission into the
royal court, and told the king meanwhile that the Brahmin was dead.
After some time, one day when the king went out a n hunting, the
Brahmin got upon a tree and spoke to the king that he was Bhairava
and begged for an interview with the king; but the king taking him for
an evil spirit refused his prayer.
It is used to teach that no one should be too much inflated with
prosperity to forget his position and to conduct himself in an
unbecoming way; for, by so doing he would be doing himself a positive
and irretrievable harm.
112. mi]ka-Nyay>
The maxim of the fly.
It is used to denote the fault finding spirit of ill-natured men, who
may be likened to the flies that are always in search of wounds and
ulcers even on the most beautiful body.
113. mJjnaeNmJjn-Nyay>
The maxim of immersing and emerging.
It takes its origin from a person, ignorant of the art of swimming, now
immersing into, and now coming on the surface of the water, when he
happens to fall into a river; and is used to denote the struggling
condition in which one finds himself when he is required by
circumstances to deal with a matter over which he has no mastery.
114. m{fUk-taeln-Nyay>
The maxim of weighing a frog.
Just as it is very difficult to make a frog remain steady on a balance
with a view to ascertain its weight, so it is equally difficult to keep a
fickle nature steadily employed in any pursuit.
115. m{fUk-Pluit-Nyay>
The maxim of the frog moving by jumps.
It is used to denote the movement by fits and starts of fickle natured
men like the movement of frogs.
116. mTSy-k{qk-Nyay>
The maxim of fish and its bone.
Level 2 - Month 20 Lessons 75 - 81. 554/583
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 20
122. yUka-_ay-kNya-Tyag-Nyay>
The maxim of daughter and louse.
It takes its origin from a daughter being turned out of doors for fear
of the lice that infested her hair; and is used to denote the folly of a
coward who is prepared rather to part with a valuable possession than
to bravely meet and successfully grapple with a difficulty or danger.
123. rJju-spR-Nyay>
The maxim of the cord and the serpent.
This maxim takes its origin from mistaking a cord by delusion for a
serpent, and denotes the false impression under which men are seen
to labour sometimes.
124. riZm-t&[aid-Nyay>
The maxim of the sunlight and the grass.
It is used to denote that a thing which is found to be of essential
importance at one time, may at another time prove to be the cause of
destruction, just as the sunlight, which is indispensably necessary for
the grass to grow up, is also the cause of the drying up of the same
grass.
125. rajpuÇ-Vyax-Nyay>
The maxim of a prince and a fowler.
It takes its origin from a story that once upon a time an infant prince
was left in a jungle by its stepmother. The child was accidentally
found by a fowler who took it home and brought it up as his own son.
Many years afterwards, the prime minister of the king happened to
meet the boy and recognised him by his appearance to be no other
than the king's son. The minister took the boy with him and installed
him on the throne. The maxim is used to denote that truth can never
be suppressed for ever, it is sure to establish itself in course of time.
126. rahu¢as-Nyay>
The maxim of the Rahugrasa or the act of being swallowed by Rahu.
This maxim is used to denote the erroneous notions that popularly act
upon the minds of men, as in the case of eclipse of the sun or the
moon, it is popularly believed that those great luminaries are
swallowed for the time being by the demon Rahu, whereas the fact is
that the shadow of the earth falling on them makes them invisible for
a while.
127. ras_a-ritt-Nyay>
The maxim of the braying of an ass.
This maxim takes its origin from the fact that an ass brays at first
very loudly, but gradually its sound sinks lower and lower, and is used
to denote that anything that makes much noise in the beginning
proves, in the long run, to be quite hollow and worthless.
128. raja-zUNy-àja-Nyay>
The maxim of the subjects without a king.
This maxim takes its origin from want of peace and happiness of the
people in a country where there is no king and is used to denote that a
controlling hand is essentially necessary for the happy and peaceful
management of human affairs.
129. lae_a-cuMbk-Nyay>
The maxim of iron and magnet.
It is used to denote a very close affinity between two things, by
virtue of which they are instinctively attracted towards each other
though at a distance, just as iron is attracted by magnet.
130. laeh-AiGn-Nyay>
The maxim of iron and fire.
This maxim is used to denote that the best use of an opportunity
ought to be made no sooner than it presents itself, as one desirous of
making things of iron must do so by striking it hard so long as it is hot
by being put into fire.
131. vn-Vyaº-Nyay>
The maxim of a forest and the tiger.
Level 2 - Month 20 Lessons 75 - 81. 557/583
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 20
136. iv;-_a][-Nyay>
The maxim of drinking poison.
This maxim is used to denote a suicidal course, just as one 'causes'
suicide by drinking poison.
137. vIic-tr¼-Nyay>
The maxim of a wave urging forward a wave.
In the ocean one wave propels another till the first and all others in
succession reach the shore. So this maxim is used to denote
successive operations, as in the case of the production of sound.
138. v&]-àkMpn<-Nyay>
The maxim of a tree being shaken.
Just as when a tree is shaken, its branches and other parts are
shaken too; so this maxim is used to denote that whatever affects the
whole affects the parts also.
139. Vyaº-]Ir-Nyay>
The maxim of the tigress's milk.
It is used to denote the extreme difficulty of attainment of a thing,
though it may be useful, like the milk of a tigress which, if preserved
in a golden cup or vessel, becomes very efficacious, though it is very
difficult to gather or obtain it.
140. ìIih-bIj-Nyay>
The maxim of the paddy seed.
This maxim denotes that so long as a single seed of a thing is left,
there is every chance of its propagation; just as from one single seed
of paddy, all the granaries in the land may be expected to be filled in
course of time.
141. ztpÇ-pÇzt-_aed-Nyay>
The maxim of piercing through the leaves of a lotus.
This maxim is used to denote an easy and short process of doing a
thing, just as hundreds of petals of a lotus being taken together, may
Level 2 - Month 20 Lessons 75 - 81. 559/583
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 20
151. sUcI-kqah-Nyay>
The maxim of the needle and the kettle.
It is used to denote that when two things one easy and the other
difficult are required to be done, the easier should be first attended
to, as when a smith is required to make a needle and a kettle, he
should first take in hand the needle as it is comparatively easier.
152. sUyaeRdy-ASt-Nyay>
The maxim of sunrise and sunset.
The maxim takes its origin from the erroneous notion regarding the
motion of the sun who has, broadly speaking, no motion, but still
erroneously believed by people to be rising in the east and setting
down in the west, and is used to denote various sorts of erroneous
notions that the human nature is subject to.
153. saepan-Aaraeh[-Nyay>
The maxim of going upstairs.
It is used to denote that one must perform his duties, gradually, just
as one going upstairs must proceed by passing the steps one after
another.
154. saepan-Avraeh[-Nyay>
The maxim of coming downstairs.
Just as one coming down from the first floor or the second floor must
have to pass the steps in gradual succession, or there is every chance
of suffering a fall and breaking his limbs, so in retracing one's course
in the performance of a work, he should proceed very cautiously, or
his whole previous labour may come to nothing.
155. Swan-pulk-Nyay>
The maxim of the cooking pot and boiled rice.
In a cooking pot all the grains being equally moistened by the hot
water, when one grain is found to be well cooked, the same may be
inferred with regard to other grains. So the maxim is used when the
condition of the whole class is inferred from that of a part.
Level 2 - Month 20 Lessons 75 - 81. 562/583
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 20
156. S)iqk-laEihTy-Nyay>
The maxim of the crystal and the red flower called japa.
This maxim is used to denote the property of a purely transparent
object to reflect the colour of a thing presented before it, just as a
crystal which is naturally white, looks red, when a red flower called
japa, is placed before it, and the flower being removed, the crystal
assumes its own white colour again.
157. Sv_aavae duirt³mae-Nyay>
The maxim of Nature is unchangeable.
This maxim is used to denote that one's own nature is not changed.
158. hStamlk-Nyay>
The maxim of the amalak (a fruit of the Emblis amaroblams) on the
palm of the hand.
This maxim is used to denote the facility of studying a thing most
familiarly over which one has full control just as an amalak fruit on the
palm of the hand may be easily and fully known in all its various
particulars.
159. hiSt-yUw-pit-Nyay>
The maxim of the leader of a herd of elephants.
The maxim is used to denote that a popular leader must have courage,
strength and discretion enough to guide, help, and protect his
followers, just as a leader of the herd of elephants.
160. ùd-n³-Nyay>
The maxim of the lake and the crocodile.
This maxim originates from an idea, that if any one live in a lake and
quarrel with the crocodile in possession of that lake, he is sure to get
the worst of it, and is used to denote that it is unwise and injurious,
on the part of a person to serve a master and at the same time to find
fault with his principles etc.
***
Lesson 81
Sanskrit Proverbs
“pu@¡pu×O"Y"#
Lokoktaya-s are different from the Nyaya-s in that a whole sentence is used
to convey an idea and not just a couple of words. These proverbs are picked
from subhashitas, poems, dramas..... the field is completely open. If the
proverb is understood in the correct context, they can be used very
artistically. For example, if your kid is giving you a tough time about taking
Sanskrit lessons and you'd like him to begin, throw in the first proverb after
your lecture for good measure!
Some of these proverbs are explained in Hindi also. Also don't be surprised
if two proverbs teach two completely opposite ideas. English does that too-
Too many cooks spoil the broth vs. Many hands make light work!
1. AgCDn! vEnteyae=ip pdmek< n gCDit ,
A non-flying eagle does not move forward a single step.
2. A»maéý suPt< ih hTva ik< nam paEé;m! ,
Aiày AaEr ihtkr bat khne rhne pr vh xIre-xIre Sv_aav hI bn jata hE,
It is difficult to find a speaker and a listener in matters relating to
that which is beneficial and difficult to digest.
15. A_yasat! jayte n&[a< iÖtIya àk&it> ,
bImarI, musIbt AaEr Akal ke smy jae saw de vhI sCca baNxv hE,
In illness, bad times and famine, he who sticks by one is the true
friend.
24. AapdweR xn< r]et!,
One should save for a rainy day.
25. Aapid S)urit à}a ySy xIr> s @v ih,
AapiTt ke smy ijskI buiÏ kam de %sI kae xEyRvan! khna caih@,
Whose intelligence is sparked into life in difficult times, he is the
courageous one.
26. Aamuoayait kLya[< kayRisiÏ< ih z<sit,
Coming events cast their shadow before.
27. Aaivi:qtae mhaspER> cNdn< ik< iv;ayte,
buiÏman! laegae< kae caih@ ik kae$ %pay saecne ke saw-hI-saw %ske Aage-
A¼ar yid grm hE tae haw jla dega AaEr buÀakr Q{fa hae gya tae haw
kala kr dega,
Coal when hot, burns the hand and when cold, blackens it.
38. @kSy ih ivvadae=Ç d¯Zyte n tu àai[n>,
It takes two to argue or one swallow does not a summer make.
39. @ka i³ya Ö(wRkrI àisÏa,
To kill two birds with one stone.
smy pr waefa _aI idya jay tae bhut hE, bad me< Aixk _aI bekar,
Help provided at the right time, even if little is a great thing. How
useless is receiving great help at an inappropraiate time!
46. ik< im:qaNn< orzUkra[am!,
gxa<e AaEr sUArae< kae imQa$ iolane se Kya la_a? jEse _aE<s ke Aage bIn bjave
du:q laeg dUsrae< ke Daeqe-se-Daeqe dae; kae _aI deo lete hE<,
The wicked see every fault in others even if they are small as mustard
seeds.
51. ol> kraeit duv&RTt< nUn< )lit saxu;u ,
du:q laeg bura kam krte hE< ikNtu %se sJjnae< kae _augtna pfta hE,
The wicked perform evil deeds and the effect is upon good souls.
52. g{fSyaepir ipiqka s<v&Tta,
A pimple has grown upon a boil, i.e., this is another evil to add to the
first.
53. gtSy zaecn< naiSt,
It is no use crying over spilt milk or Let bygone be bygone.
54. gt> kalae n cayait,
Time once past cannot be recalled.
55. gu[a> pUjaSwan< gui[;u n c il¼ n c vy>,
g¼a ke tq pr rhne vala VyiKt Pyas lgne pr kuAa~ oaedne ka %p³m krta hE<
dux kae deote hI ibLlI 'f{fe kI mar' kae ÉUl jatI hE, AwaRt! iksI kam
jha~ vacal laeg vKta hae< vha~ cup rhna hI ACDa hE,
Where speakers congregate, one would do best to be silent.
67. dUrSwa> pvRta> rMya>,
Distance lends enchantment to the view.
68. n kacSy k&te jatu yuKta muKtam[e> ]it>,
hjarae< tare<, ¢h Aaid Kyae< n hae ikNtu ca~dnI rat tae cNÔma ke kar[ hI haetI
hE,
Level 2 - Month 20 Lessons 75 - 81. 572/583
www.chitrapurmath.net © Shri Chitrapur Math 2002-2016
Step by Step Sanskrit Learning Programme – Month 20
There may be many a star and planet but the moonlit night owes itself
to the one moon.
71. n itit]asmmiSt saxnm!,
isÏ pué;ae< ke vaKyae< ka %Ll'!"n Svy< _aaGy _aI nhI< kr skta, ve jae khte
saene me< %tnI Aavaj nhI< haetI ijtnI ik ka<se me< AwaRt! nIc laeg bhut
pÃrmaÇ rh jane pr _aI hawI k_aI iDDlI tlEya ka panI nhI< DUta,
An elephant, even if caged, does not touch the waters of a small pool.
80. n ih suo< du>oEivRna l_yte,
No pains no gains.
81. n ih suPtSy is<hSy muoe m&ga>,
saeye hu@ is<h ke muo me< Apne-Aap m&g nhI< "us jata, %ske il@ %se àyas
sJjn laeg nairyl ke sman ^pr se kQaer ikNtu nIce se kaeml haete hE<,
Good souls are like the coconut….hard on the outside but gentle within.
83. nasmIúy pr< Swan< pUvRmaytn< Tyjet!,
grIysI,
East or west home is the best.
93. àarBxmuTtmjna> n pirTyjiNt,
ACDe laeg Apne àarM_a ikye kayaeR< kae pUra krke hI Daefte hE<,
Great souls do not abndon work that they have started.
94. iàyvaKyàdanen sveR tu:yiNt manva>,
_aUoe laeg Vyakr[ nhI< oate AaEr Pyase kaVyrs kae nhI< pIte,
The hungry cannot eat grammar nd the thirsty cannot drink the
nectar of poetry.
105. äuvte ih )len saxvae n tu k{Qen injaepyaeigtam!,
Good men prove their usefulness by deeds, not by words.
106. _aviNt nèaStrv> )lagmE>,
barMbar dUx-"I se sIÂne pr _aI nIm ka v&] k_aI _aI mIQa nhI< haeta,
Even if nourished by milk and ghee, the Neem tree does not become
sweet. (The fruit and the leaves of the tree are bitter.)
110. mxu it:Qit ijþa¢e ùid halahl< iv;m!,
pvRtl'!"nm!,
Slow and steady wins the race.
116. X"SY"u QlG"êS"{E"f"\"qwf"`ZNpu R"pO"p={T" W"BS"puüX"# ,
QlG"êS" @¡” {E"f"\"w{f" V"Q“S"u X"uë _\"Y"z V"øÏ"p W"r _"X"P"ê S"`rë `v ,
Even Brahma cannot convert an evil person's mind.
117. X"`pG"S"pu Y"uS" BpO"# _" T"S"P"p#,
Do what the great men do.
à V
ddàee¦fghhààiidÚdÛd¡d_
àºqà}àV
j¥§ kॠlॠmॠn¥
oà¥ ç¥ qॠrॠºà¥
»¥ ¼¥ ½¥ c¥ à¥
ॠzॠ¥ |ॠ}à¥
~ॠݥ§ ॠèॠà¥
ॠ¥ ॠॠà¥
ॠॠ¥ ¥ Äà¥
12816 $UHQDPHVRISHRSOHSODFHVDQLPDOVDQGWKLQJV)RU
H[DPSOH.ULVKQD$ULVWRWOH.RONRWDGRJZKDOHV
}ààà SRUSRLVHVLQNSHQFHOOSKRQHHWF7KHWKLQJVVHFWLRQ
FRYHUVMXVWDERXWDQ\WKLQJ\RXFDQQDPHQLJKWGD\
FRPSDVVLRQDQJHUNQRZOHGJH
35212816 $UHXVHGLQVWHDGRIDQRXQ+HVKHLWWKH\\RX,ZH
àà¦}ààà XV
9(5%6 $UHZRUGVWKDWGHQRWHDFWLRQ,DPUHDGLQJWKHYHUELQ
©§àà~à WKLVVHQWHQFHLVDPUHDGLQJ
7KH6DQVNULWYHUEOHWV\RXLQRQWRDJUHDWGHDORIKLGGHQ
VWXII
• :KRSHUIRUPVWKHDFWLRQ
• +RZPDQ\SHUIRUPWKHDFWLRQ
• :KHWKHUWKHDFWLRQLVLQWKHSUHVHQWSDVWRUWKH
IXWXUHWHQVH
• :KHWKHUWKHDFWLRQGHQRWHVDZLVKDQRUGHURUD
VWDWHPHQW
$'-(&7,9(6 $UHZRUGVWKDWWHOO\RXPRUHDERXWWKHQRXQ.
àÚàà $EHDXWLIXOEDE\7KHEULOOLDQWVXQ
68)),; $UHDGGHGWRWKHHQGRIDZRUG)RUH[DPSOHWKHOHWWHUV
~±àà HGLQWKHZRUGDGGHGHQLQWKHZRUGVRIWHQ
35(),; $UHDGGHGWRWKHEHJLQQLQJRIDZRUG
f~ààlঠ&RPIRUWDEOH8QFRPIRUWDEOH
,1'(&/,1$%/(6 :RUGVWKDW1(9(5(9(5FKDQJH
dàà
$'9(5%6 $UHZRUGVWKDWWHOO\RXPRUHDERXWWKHYHUE.
©§àààÚàà 6KHZDONVVORZO\+HVLQJVZHOO0DQ\DGYHUEVDUH
DOVR dààV
7KHWDEOHVKDYHEHHQUHDUUDQJHGVRDVWRKDYHFRPSOHWHWDEOHVRQDVLQJOH
SDJH
LNP(ND(Q)~Ë¡©X©t
sanskrit supplement 10. 1/4
www.chitrapurmath.net
LNP(ND(Q)}à~Ë¡àj§X©t
LNP(ND(Q)àÜX©t
\G(MDH)}à~Ë¡àj§X©t
33333333333333333333/
6RPHH[DPSOHVRIWKH*DQD
oà}à¥83WRWKLQN
oË ¥ oàÚ ¥ 83WRVWHDO
èàÄà¥83WRHDW
PLW(EXLÅ)NDUD1W6d,
W Q D QG,B\DP QG,L!
F Q ( QG,B\DP QG,B\!
YDLU(MO)NDUD1WQSX
JXp(JXp) NDUD1WSX
VD[X(VD[X)NDUD1WSX
Y[8(EK8)ANDUD1W6d,
!
" !" # !" #
# $ % $%%
5 $5
>
) ?
&, &,
)
&0 ) &0 /&0
#
& -
& .
,
([DPSOHRI33
}àà¥à|ààn¥
([DPSOHRI33
oË ¥ oàÚ ¥ à|ààn¥
([DPSOHRI$3
qà}ॠqàà à|ààn¥
sanskrit supplement 23 1/2
www.chitrapurmath.net
([DPSOHRI$3
Ëoॠ˺oॠà|ààn¥
([DPSOHRI$3
oË ¥ oàÚ ¥ à|ààn¥
j§à|ààn¥$3IRUP
sanskrit supplement 24 1
www.chitrapurmath.net
6XSSOHPHQW5HODWLYHV
A-WTU@BJY!C@
0RWKHU )DWKHU
IMM(, ,A@ IMJ,S@S
àààà ààà ~ààà ~àà
3DUHQWV 6RQ
HOSQ@$ OT`,RTS,SMX
'DXJKWHU
J-X@,SMX@ Ëàà +XVEDQG OHS
àà à
:LIH
O3M(,>@@X@1,I@X@, %HORYHG U¢>@,HeXJQ
JK`LÆ
)DWKHU·VEURWKHU )DWKHU·V
HOS5X HOS5X@
EURWKHU·VZLIH
%URWKHU·VVRQ %URWKHU·V
@S5X @S5X@
GDXJKWHU
0RWKHU·VEURWKHU 0RWKHU·V
L@STK L@STK@M(
EURWKHU·VZLIH
)DWKHU·VVLVWHU 0RWKHU·VVLVWHU
HOS2UR@ L@S2UR@
~àààà ààààà
%URWKHU 6LVWHU
@S@ è±àà 2UR@ àà ,
>@HFM(
(OGHUEURWKHU <RXQJHUEURWKHU
I MTI
(OGHUVLVWHU <RXQJHUVLVWHU
I@ MTI@
0RWKHULQODZ )DWKHULQODZ
9Ur4 9UYTQ
6RQLQODZ qàààààà qààààà 'DXJKWHULQODZ
2MT@
+XVEDQG·V +XVEDQG·V
CDU@ à 8@@S@ ààà
EURWKHU EURWKHU·VZLIH
!
"
! #
$ !
$" ! ! !
DQG WKH $QG L GHOHWHG DOPRVW D EHFDXVH WKH OLVW ZDV WRR
ELJ 7KH FXULRXV PD\ ZULWH WR PH WR JHW WKH FRPSOHWH OLVWLI ZKDW L KDYH LV
FRPSOHWH WKDW LV
$KHDG
,
1H[W
,Q IURQW RI
//
7KHUHIRUH
,
+HUH
# $ %
, 0
2U
# *+ 0 *+
'RZQ
/ ., % .
7RGD\
1 ?
1RZ
/0 ) ?
7KHQ
0! 0! 00 0
'HILQLWHO\
. 4, # . *+
8 %' '( :LWKRXW ([FHSW 9 8 / : ;
IRU
) 7RJHWKHU $ ) 70
+RZ
C -D 0 ?
6RPHKRZ " : 7=-* ,
:KHQ
# 9 0 E ?
# $W VRPH WLPH # >
:K\"
# ? 9 ?
:KR ZKLFK ZKDW
2I ZKDW XVH ZLWK ;
LQVWUXPHQWDO
?# $ OLWWOH ?# > ;
%XW
! # 0 E
& % >' '( IRU WKH VDNH RI & " ,
# ,I VR # " #$
,I QRW
# #
* )RU WKDW , E 1#$; * F
' 0 *+!
G 6LPLODUO\ + ! G / H
- $FFRUGLQJ H - +
I
# ,I QRW & , # "
,
%G' '( DOO DURXQG &:
N 7KH GD\ EHIRUH WKH N &"
sanskrit supplement 28 G I
www.chitrapurmath.net
5/5
GD\ EHIRUH
\HVWHUGD\
%HIRUH
0 - 8 - 4
0RUQLQJ
- ' 0 - () *+!
,Q IURQW
//
*+
# :KHQHYHU # &"
#$
OOOOO ,I
9 # G", ' 0 "
WKHQ
"*
(YHQ LI WKHQ DOVR ! E
"
$W RQH WLPH 0 &#$ *
VLPXOWDQHRXVO\
$ 7= 1#$
2U
# ") N
0
1HDU R
*HQHUDOO\ >*
S4OTONDU
YGOTONDU
sanskrit supplement 31. 1/3
www.chitrapurmath.net
RDGOTONDU
LOR OTONDU
|ààË à»¥ àÚ»¥ àn¥ à|ààn¥ ໥
6HULDOQR URRW SUHVHQWWHQVH LPSHUDWLYHPRRG SDVWWHQVH SRWHQWLDOPRRG IXWXUH
WHQVH
dàlàॠlàoç¥ dàlàoçà dàlàoçË dàlàoçॠdàlàoçॠdàlàààà
FRPH
dà}àÜ }àॠEULQJ dà}ààà dà}ààË dà}ààॠdà}àÚॠdà}Úàà
dàÀFDOO dàÀàà dàÀàË dàÀàॠdàÀàॠdàÀààà
dà¥EH dà dË dààÜॠààॠèàààà
eà¥ZDQW eoçà eoçË ioçॠeoçॠiààà
f¥zàà ༥ fÐà¼à fÐà¼Ë fà¼à¥ fÐà¼à¥ fzàààà
ZDNHXS
f~ààà¥VLW f~àààà f~àààË f~ààààॠf~ààÚॠf~àÚÄàà
j§zà¥WHOO j§zààà j§zààË dj§zààॠj§zàÚॠj§zàààà
j§~à¥DQJU\ j§~àà j§~àË dj§~àॠj§~Úॠj§Ú~ààà
j§GR j§ Úà j§ ÚË dj§ Úॠj§àà¦à¥ j§ àà
©§}¥FU\ ©§}à ©§}Ë d©§}ॠ©§}ॠ©§}àà
©§ÜEX\ ©§Üààà ©§ÜààË d©§Üààॠ©§ÜàÜààॠ©§àà
©§Ü½¥SOD\ ©§Ü½à ©§Ü½Ë d©§Ü½à¥ ©§Ü½à¥ ©§Ü½àà
kàà¥HDW kààà kààË dkààॠkààॠkàààà
làॠlàoç¥ JR làoçà làoçË dlàoçॠlàoçॠlàààà
sanskrit .supplement 32. 1/4
www.chitrapurmath.net
lÛ lààॠVLQJ làààà làààË dlàààॠlààÚॠlàààà
l±¥DFFHSW làÏààà làÏààË dlàÏààॠlàÏàÜààॠl±Üàà
m±àWRVPHOO qàm±à qàm±Ë dqàm±à¥ qàm±à¥ m±ààà
oàà¥ZDON oààà oààË doààॠoàÚॠoàààà
oà}à¥WKLQN oà}ààà oà}ààË doà}ààॠoà}àÚॠoà}àààà
oË ¥VWHDO oàÚ àà oàÚ àË doàÚ àॠoàÚ ÚॠoàÚ ààà
àà qàà NQRZ qàà}ààà qàà}ààË dqàà}ààॠqàà}àÜààॠàààà
ཥEHDW àà½àà àà½àË dàà½àॠàà½Úॠàà½ààà
àqà¥OHWJR àqàà àqàË dàqàॠàqÚॠàÄàà
à àoç¥ JLYH àoçà àoçË dàoçॠàoçॠààà
àà àË dàॠ¶ààॠààà
ॠ~àॠVHH ~ààà ~ààË d~ààॠ~ààॠ¯Äàà
|ààà¥UXQ |àààà |àààË d|àààॠ|ààÚॠ|ààààà
|à |à ¥ KROG |à à |à Ë d|à ॠ|à ॠ|à àà
|àZHDU |àà àà |àà àË d|àà àॠ|àà Úॠ|àà ààà
|ÛPHGLWDWH |àààà |àààË d|àààॠ|ààÚॠ|àààà
}àà¥QDPDVNDU }ààà }ààË d}ààॠ}àÚॠ}à¡àà
}àÜ }àॠWDNHDZD\ }ààà }ààË d}ààॠ}àÚॠ}Úàà
~àoà¥FRRN ~àoàà ~àoàË d~àoàॠ~àoÚॠ~àÄàà
~༥UHDGVWXG\ ~à¼à ~à¼Ë d~à¼à¥ ~à¼à¥ ~à¼àà
~àà¥IDOO ~ààà ~ààË d~ààॠ~àÚॠ~àààà
~àà ~àॠWRGULQN ~ààà ~ààË d~ààॠ~àÚॠ~àààà
sanskrit .supplement 32. 2/4
www.chitrapurmath.net
~Ìqà¥ZRUVKLS ~Ìqààà ~ÌqààË d~Ìqààॠ~ÌqàÚॠ~Ìqàààà
~±oç¥DVN ~àoçà ~àoçË d~àoçॠ~àoçॠ~±Äàà
~±à¥VHQG ~±ààà ~±ààË d~±ààॠ~±ààॠ~±ààà
~±dà~à¥UHFHLYHJHW ~±à~}àÚà ~±à~}àÚË ~±à~}àÚॠ~±à~}Ëààॠ~±à~àà
~±Äààà¥FOHDQ ~±Äààààà ~±ÄààààË ~±àÄààààॠ~±Äààààॠ~±Äàààààà
èÌ èàॠEH èààà èààË dèààॠèàÚॠèàààà
àà¥PHHW ààà ààË dààॠàÚॠÚààà
Äà¥SURWHFW Äàà ÄàË d ÄàॠÄÚॠÄààà
oà¥PDNH oààà oààË d oààॠoàÚॠoàààà
àkà¥ZULWH àkàà àkàË dàkàॠàkÚॠÚkààà
à¥VSHDN àà àË dàॠàॠààà
àà¥OLYH ààà ààË dààॠàÚॠààà
àj¥§SRVVLEOH à¨}àÚà à¨}àÚË dà¨}àÚॠà¨}ËààॠàÄàà
ßOLVWHQ ààÚà ààÚË dààÚॠàËààॠßÚàà
Ìoà¥LQIRUP Ìoààà ÌoààË dÌoààॠÌoàÚॠÌoàààà
zààNHHS zàà~ààà zàà~ààË dzàà~ààॠzàà~àÚॠzàà~àààà
zàà ༥ ZDLW à¼à à¼Ë dà¼à¥ à¼à¥ zàààà
VWDQG
àUHPHPEHU à à à Ë dà ॠà ॠà àà
àÜj§DFFHSW àÜj§ Úà àÜj§ ÚË àÜj§ ÚॠàÜj§àà¦à¥ àÜj§ àà
à¥ODXJK àà àË dàॠÚॠààà
Äà~à¥WKURZ Äà~àà Äà~àË dÄà~àॠÄà~ÚॠÄÚ~àà
sanskrit .supplement 32. 3/4
www.chitrapurmath.net
qà}ॠqàà WREHERUQ qàààÚ qàààààॠdqàààà qààÚà qà}ààÚ
èàqà¥WRZRUVKLS èàqàÚ èàqàààॠdèàqàà èàqÚà èàÄàÚ
à}à¥WRKDYHDQRSLQLRQ à}àÚ à}àààॠdà}àà à}Úà à¡àÚ
Ë¥ àÚ¥ WREH àÚÚ àÚààॠdàÚà àÚà àÚàÚ
KDSS\
ààoà¥WREHJ ààoàÚ ààoàààॠdààoàà ààoÚà ààoààÚ
oà¥WROLNH ÚoàÚ Úoàààॠd Úoàà ÚoÚà ÚoààÚ
àèà¥REWDLQ àèàÚ àèàààॠdàèàà àèÚà à~àÚ
à}¥WRGRQDPDVNDDU à}Ú à}ààॠdà}à à}à à}àÚ
à|থJURZ à|à¦Ú à|à¦ààॠdà|à¦à à|Ú¦à à|à¦àÚ
ËèॠàÚèॠEHILW àÚèàÚ àÚèàààॠdàÚèàà àÚèÚà àÚèààÚ
à¥WRWROHUDWH àÚ àààॠdàà àà ààÚ
Úà¥WRVHUYH ÚàÚ ÚàààॠdÚàà ÚÚà ÚààÚ
Äàà¥WRIRUJLYH ÄààÚ ÄààààॠdÄààà ÄàÚà ÄàààÚ
d0©GX©®G ONDU
d0©GX©©¯®GONDU
d0©GX© GONDU
sanskrit supplement 33. 1/2
www.chitrapurmath.net
d0©G©-©©2©©X© G
SXrD(Person) #NYFQ LgYFQ(Dual) EKXYFQ(Plural)
(Singular)
jZP d0u©¯O© d0u©¯u©©O©©F©G d0u©¯MY©G
d0©G OTONDU
'( ! )( '( )( '( ) ( '( # (
, , , , , , , #&,
/ %$ / / / /
0 1 2 1 0 / 0 *0
2+ $ 2+ 23 2+ 2 + 2 + 2 + 23
24 $ 24 245 24 2 4 2 4 2 4 245
6+ 6+ 63 6+ 6 + 6 + 6 +
7 %
! ! 08 ! 0! ! 0! #&08
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
!&
& #&
1 1 1 1 1 1 #&
: &! : : : : : : :
4 4 45 4 4 4 4 #&45
% ; ; ; 1
+ ( % + + + +< + +<
=. . +. =. +. =( >( / =( #&=.
0 1 1 1 0 / 0 0
0 ! 1 1 1 1 1
7 #&
&
sanskrit supplement 34. 2/5
www.chitrapurmath.net
&
!$
& ; ; ; #&
- ) - -5 - - - - #&-5
$
?
&
% ! % % % % % % #&%
& 0 0( ( / 0( #&0
( ( ( ( ( ( (
1@ 1@ 1@ 1@ 1 @ 1 @ 1 @ #&1@
1 & 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
6 ! 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
+ & + *3 + * + ; * + %3
# # *( # * ( # * ( *(
. . .; . .; .; .; #&.;
#% #% #% #% #% #% #%
#, & #, #, #, #, #, #, #&#,
#, (- #, #, #, #, #, #, #,
!*
#0 #1 # #1 #0 #/ #0 #0
#0 #1 # 2 #1 #0 #/ #0
!# % !# !# !# ! # ! # ! # !#
@ ! @ @ @ @ @ @ @
#&
$ $ $ $ $; $; $;
!
+ + ( + 3 + + + +
$
%
B & 1 B 1 B 1 B #&B
$ $ $ $ ? ? ? * $
.$ .$ .$ .$ .$ . $ . $ . $
sanskrit supplement 34. 4/5
www.chitrapurmath.net
#! #! #8 #! # ! #C/ # ! #
# !
# # # # # # # (
@ % @ @ @ @ @ @ #&@
X© G >@4SJ@K
OTk JUBM HbUBM A¤UBM
eVL @R(SÆ @2S@LÆ @RMÆ
L7XL @R( @2SLÆ @2S
^L @RLÆ @2U @2L
X© G >@4SJ@K
OTk JUBM HbUBM A¤UBM
eVL CC@SÆ C^@LÆ CCT
L7XL CC@ C^LÆ C^
^L CC@LÆ Cb C¹
HUHWHKØ
OTk JUBM HbUBM A¤UBM
eVL C @SÆ C @S@LÆ C T
L7XL C @ C @SLÆ C @S
^L C @LÆ C @U C @L
X©®G >@HUXJ@K
OTk JUBM HbUBM A¤UBM
eVL C@2XHS C@2XS C@2XH-S
L7XL C@2XHR C@2XV C@2XV
^L C@2X@HL C@2X@U C@2X@L
sanskrit supplement 35. 3/3
www.chitrapurmath.net
Forms of C@ W@ST @3LMDOC
X© G >@4SJ@K
OTk JUBM HbUBM A¤UBM
eVL C^ CC@S@LÆ CCS
L7XL C3V@ CC@V@LÆ CCÆ7ULÆ
^L CHC CbHG C¹HG
X© G >@4SJ@K
OTk JUBM HbUBM A¤UBM
eVL Y:@DSÆ Y:TS@LÆ YZUMÆ
L7XL Y:@D Y:TSLÆ Y:TS
^L YZ@ULÆ Y:TU, YZU Y:TL, YZL
HUHWHKØ
OTk JUBM HbUBM A¤UBM
eVL Y:TX@SÆ Y:TX@S@LÆ Y:TXT
L7XL Y:TX@ Y:TX@SLÆ Y:TX@S
^L Y:TX@LÆ Y:TX@U Y:TX@L
HUHWHKØ
OTk JUBM HbUBM A¤UBM
eVL JTX@1SÆ JTX@1S@LÆ JTX1T
L7XL JTX@1 JTX@1SLÆ JTX@1S
^L JTX@1LÆ JTX@1U JTX@1L
X© G >@4SJ@K
OTk JUBM HbUBM A¤UBM
eVL JTkS JTU@1S@LÆ JTU1S
L7XL JTkV@ JTU@1V@LÆ JTk7ULÆ
^L JTHU1 JTU1HG JTL1HG
X© G >@4SJ@K
OTk JUBM HbUBM A¤UBM
eVL Ö(:@SÆ Ö(:(S@LÆ Ö(:MÆ
L7XL Ö(:@ Ö(:(SLÆ Ö(:(S
^L Ö(:@LÆ Ö(:(U Ö(:(L
HUHWHKØ
OTk JUBM HbUBM A¤UBM
eVL Ö(:(X@SÆ Ö(:(X@S@LÆ Ö(:(XT
L7XL Ö(:(X@ Ö(:(X@SLÆ Ö(:(X@S
^L Ö(:(X@LÆ Ö(:(X@U Ö(:(X@L
HUHWHKØ
OTk JUBM HbUBM A¤UBM
eVL Ö(:(S Ö(:(X@S@LÆ Ö(:(QMÆ
L7XL Ö(:(V@ Ö(:(X@V@LÆ Ö(:(7ULÆ
^L Ö(:(X Ö(:(UHG Ö(:(LHG
X© G >@4SJ@K
OTk JUBM HbUBM A¤UBM
eVL I@M(S I@M@S@LÆ I@MS
L7XL I@M(V@ I@M@V@LÆ I@M(7ULÆ
^L I@HM I@M(UHG I@M(LHG
HUHWHKØ
OTk JUBM HbUBM A¤UBM
eVL I@M(S I@M(X@S@LÆ I@M(QMÆ
L7XL I@M(V@ I@M(X@V@LÆ I@M(7ULÆ
^L I@M(X I@M(UHG I@M(LHG
0©N©G
0©N©G X©®G N©G Y©G
0©N©G ©-©©2©©X© G
(Person) (Dual) (Plural)
(Singular)
0©©£u©©O©G 0©©£u©©O©©F©G 0©©£u©£
½©QG X© G
j àà Ú àà
Lg ààà¥ Ú àà
V Ú Ú àà
J (JUBM)
HU>@H*S OTHHKØ
KØ v(HKØ MOTRJHKØ
~±zààà b@$ bD bD
HbS(X@ b@$ bD bD
SS(X@ b@>X@LÆ b@>X@LÆ b@>X@LÆ
BSTV(1 b@>X@LÆ b@>X@LÆ b@>X@LÆ
O®L( b@>X@LÆ b@>X@LÆ b@>X@LÆ
0( bX@D bX@D bX@D
R/SL( bX@D bX@D bX@D
H` (AGTUBM)
HU>@H*S
HU>@H*S